You are on page 1of 462

~

r ......._TR_A_N_SM_Is_s_IO_N_II_R_A_N_sA_x_L_E_. . . . I_9_.cr5_~oN____I
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL TRANSAXLE
[FS5A-EL] ................ 05-02A [A65M-R] ................ 05-15B
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC MANUALTRANSAXLE
[AW6A-EL] ............... 05-02B [A26MX-R] ............... 05-15C
SYMPTOM MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT
TROUBLESHOOTING MECHANISM ............. 05-16
[FS5A-EL] ................ 05-03A AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE -
SYMPTOM [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-17A -
TROUBLESHOOTING AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
[AW6A-EL] ............... 05-03B [AW6A-EL] ............... 05-17B
CLUTCH .................. 05-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT
MANUALTRANSAXLE MECHANISM ............. 05-18
[G35M-R] ................. 05-15A TECHNICAL DATA .......... 05-50
SERVICE TOOLS ........... 05-60

05-02A ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]


JTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL DTC P0751 [FSSA-EL] .............. 05-02A-42
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM DTC P0752 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-44
[FSSA-EL] ........................ 05-02A-2 DTC P0753 [FS5A-EL] ........ . ..... 05-02A-46
FOREWORD [FS5A-EL) .............. 05-02A-3 DTC P0756 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-48
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON-BOARD DTC P0757 [FSSA-EL] .............. 05-02A-50
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION [FSSA-EL] .. 05-02A-3 DTC P0758 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-52
DTC Reading Procedure ............ 05-02A-3 DTC P0761 [FS5A-EL] .... . ......... 05-02A-54
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE DTC P0762 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-56
[FS5A-EL] ........................ 05-02A-4 DTC P0763 [FSSA-EL] .............. 05-02A-58
DTC TABLE [FSSA-EL] .............. 05-02A-8 DTC P0766 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-60
DTC P0706 [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-11 DTC P0767 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-62
DTC P0707 [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-12 DTC P0768 [FSSA-EL] .............. 05-02A-64
DTC P0708 [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-14 DTC P0771 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-66
DTCP0711 [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-16 DTC P0772 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-68
DTCP0712[FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-17 DTC P0773 [FSSA-EL] .............. 05-02A-70
DTC P0713 [FS5A-EL] ..... . ......... 05-02A-19 DTC P0777 [FSSA-EL] .............. 05-02A-72
DTCP0715[FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-21 DTC P0778 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-74
DTCP0720[FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-23 DTC P0791 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-76
DTCP0731 [FS5A-EL] ..... . ......... 05-02A-25 DTC P0841 [FSSA-EL] .............. 05-02A-79
DTC P0732 [FSSA-EL] ............... 05-02A-27 DTC P0882 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-81
DTC P0733 [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-29 DTC P0894 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-83
DTC P0734 [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-31 DTC P1783 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-83
DTC P0735 [FSSA-EL] ............... 05-02A-33 DTC P2707 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-85
DTC P0741 [FSSA-EL] ............... 05-02A-35 DTC P2708 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-87
DTC P0742 [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-37 DTC P2709 [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-02A-89
DTC P0744 [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-02A-39 PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
DTC P0745 [FSSA-EL] ............... 05-02A-40 [FSSA-EL] ....................... 05-02A-91

05-02A-1
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W57

TCM

B+

M RANGE SWITCH

'---+---, SHIFT SOLENOID A

DOWN SWITCH

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

INTERMEDIATE SENSOR

PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID A

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INPUT/TURBINE PCM
SPEED SENSOR
B+ ABS/TCS HU/CM

E6U503AW5003

05-02A-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
FOREWORD [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W58
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, inspect the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), AT warning
light indication, and TCM memory for diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according
, to the following flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC. (See 05-02A-8 DTC TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
If no DTC exists, the MIL does not illuminate, and AT warning light does not illuminate. Diagnose the
applicable symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03A-5 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE
[FS5A-EL].)

VALIDATE CONCERN

I
WARNING LIGHT*
ON /FLASHING
'
NO WARNING LIGHT*
WITH SYMPTOM


INSPECT FOR
PRIORITIZED DTC

,, t
DTC


TEST '
INSPECT DTC
IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING

I
t NO DTC

DIAGNOSE BY DTC DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM


(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC) (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
DTCTABLE 1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
3. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING

B3E0502W001

*: Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), AT warning light

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION [FSSA-EL]


E6U050200000W59
DTC Reading Procedure
1. Perform the necessary vehicle preparation and visual inspection.
2. Connect the WDS or equivalent to the vehicle ..---------------------,
DLC-2 16-pin connector located at the left side of
the dashboard.
3. Retrieve DTCs using the WDS or equivalent.

DLC-2

05-02A-3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W60

Caution
After repairing a malfunction, perform the following procedure to verify that the malfunction haE
been corrected.
When performing this procedure, be sure to drive the vehicle at lawful speed and pay attention to
the other vehicles.

1. Connect the WDS or equivalent to the DLC-2.


2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (engine off).
3. Verify that DTCs are cleared from memory.
4. Perform the following DTC inspections to ensure that the DTCs have been resolved :
DTC No. inspection
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range at 20 km/h {12.4 mph} or more for 100 s or more.
P0706, P0707,
iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
P0708
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle in D range at 20 km/h {12.4 mph} or more for 100 s or more.
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine then wait 180 s or more.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at within 25-59 km/h {16-36 mph} for 90 s or more.
iv. Drive the vehicle in D range, at 60 km/h {37 mph} for 60 s or more.
P0711 v. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
vi. Start the engine.
vii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at within 25-59 km/h {16-36 mph} for 90s or more.
viii .Drive the vehicle in D range, at 60 km/h {37 mph} or more for 60 s or more.
ix. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
P0712, P0713
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at 20 km/h {12 mph} or more for 150 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
P0715
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at 41 km/h {25 mph} or more for 0.7 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 4.5 s or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 1,500 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 1GR
P0720 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 4.5 s or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 1,500 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 1GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
P0731 Turbine speed (TSS PI D): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D or M range, 1GR
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID}: 4.14% or more
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 3 times or more.
P0732
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: DorM range, 2GR
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
P0733
Turbine speed (TSS PI D): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: DorM range, 3GR
iv. Go to Step 5.

05-02A-4
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC No. inspection
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
J734 Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 28 km/h {17 mph} or more
Turbine speed {TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D or M range, 4GR
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
P0735 Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle {THOP PID}: 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: DorM range, from 1GR to 5GR
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.


iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 5 s or more.
P0741 Vehicle speed (VSS PID}: 60-100 km/h {38-62 mph}
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 70 km/h {43 mph} or less
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
P0742 Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
Throttle conditions
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D) is 6.25% or more and 5 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID} is within 3.13-6.25% and 3 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle is at closed throttle position and 5 s or more have passed.
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
P0744, P0753, iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 5GR and TCC
P0758, P0763, is operated.
P0768, P0773, iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
P0778, P0841 , v. Start the engine.
P1783, P2709 vi. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 5GR and TCC
is operated.
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
P0745
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range.
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 15 s or more.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 36 km/h {22 mph} or more
Turbine speed {TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
P0751 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 15 s or more.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 36 km/h {22 mph} or more
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Selector lever position: D range
iv. Depress the brake pedal.
.J752 v. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
vi. Start the engine.
vii. Selector lever position: D range
viii. Depress the brake pedal.
ix. Go to Step 5.

05-02A-5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC No. inspection
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX. -
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D): 4.14% or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PI D): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 1GR
P0756 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PI D): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 1GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID}: 28 km/h {17 mph} or more
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle at closed throttle position
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PID): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 2GR and 4GR
P0757, P0766 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 28 km/h {17 mph} or more
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle at closed throttle position
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PID): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 2GR and 4GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PI D): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 1GR and 2GR
P0761 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID}: 4.14% or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PI D): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 1GR and 2GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID}: 26 km/h {16 mph} or more
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PID): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR
P0762 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID}: 26 km/h {16 mph} or more
Turbine speed (TSS PI D): 225-4,987 rpm
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PID): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR
vii. Go to Step 5.

05-02A-6
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC No. inspection
i. Start the engine.
- ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 5 s or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR
P0767 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 5 s or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 5 s or more.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 60-100 km/h {38-62 mph}
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm


Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
P0771 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 5 s or more.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 60-100 km/h {38-62 mph}
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 70 km/h {43 mph} or less
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
Throttle conditions
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D) is 6.25% or more and 5 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) is within 3.13-6.25% and 3 s or more have passed.
- Throttle opening angle is at closed throttle position and 5 s or more have passed.
P0772 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi . Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 70 kmlh {43 mph} or less
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
Throttle conditions
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D) is 6.25% or more and 5 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) is within 3.13-6.25% and 3 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle is at closed throttle position and 5 s or more have passed.
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 5GR
P0777 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 5GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
P0791
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range at 40 kmlh {25 mph} or more for 4.5 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 5.

05-02A-7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC No. inspection
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX. -
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR or 4GR
P2707 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR or 4GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PI D): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 5GR
P2708 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PI D): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 5GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Depress the brake pedal.
P0894
iv. Throttle opening angle at closed throttle position.
v. Shift the selector lever from the N position to the D range and hold for 3 s or more.
vi. Go to Step 6.

5. Gradually slow down and stop the vehicle.


6. Make sure that the repaired DTC does not recur.

DTC TABLE [FSSA-EL]


E6U050200000W61

AT warning
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL light DC Page
item function
illuminates
(See 05-02A-
Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit range/
P0706 ON YES 2 CCM X 11 DTC P0706
performance
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0707 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit low input ON YES 1 CCM X 12 DTC P0707
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0708 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit high input ON YES 2 CCM X 14 DTC P0708
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0711 ON NO 2 CCM X 16 DTC P0711
range/performance (stuck)
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0712 ON YES 1 CCM X 17 DTC P0712
malfunction (short to ground)
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0713 ON YES 1 CCM X 19 DTC P0713
malfunction (open circuit)
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-G2A-
P0715 Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction ON YES 1 CCM X 21 DTC P071 f
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0720 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction ON YES 1 CCM X 23 DTC P0720
[FS5A-EL].)

05-02A-8
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
AT warning
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL light DC Page
item function
- illuminates
(See 05-02A-
.'0731 Gear 1 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) OFF YES 1 CCM X 25 DTC P0731
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0732 Gear 2 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) OFF YES 1 CCM X 27 DTC P0732
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0733 Gear 3 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) OFF YES 1 CCM X 29 DTC P0733
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0734 Gear 4 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) OFF YES 1 CCM X 31 DTC P0734
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0735 Gear 5 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) OFF YES 1 CCM X 31 DTC P0734

P0741

P0742
Torque converter clutch (TCC) (stuck off)

Torque converter clutch (TCC) (stuck on)


OFF

OFF
YES

YES
1

1
CCM

CCM
X

X
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
35 DTC P0741
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
37 DTC P0742
[FS5A-EL].)

(See 05-02A-
P0744 Slip control malfunction OFF YES 2 CCM X 39 DTC P0744
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0745 Pressure control solenoid A malfunction OFF YES 1 CCM X 40 DTC P0745
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
'0751 Shift solenoid A stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 42 DTC P0751
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0752 Shift solenoid A stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 44 DTC P0752
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0753 Shift solenoid A malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 46 DTC P0753
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0756 Shift solenoid B stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 48 DTC P0756
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0757 Shift solenoid B stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 50 DTC P0757
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0758 Shift solenoid B malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 52 DTC P0758
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0761 Shift solenoid C stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 54 DTC P0761
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0762 Shift solenoid C stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 56 DTC P0762
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0763 Shift solenoid C malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 58 DTC P0763
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0766 Shift solenoid D stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 60 DTC P0766
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
I P0767 Shift solenoid D stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 62 DTC P0767
[FS5A-EL].)

05-02A-9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
AT warning
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL light DC Page
item function
illuminates
(See 05-02A-
P0768 Shift solenoid D malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 64 DTC P076&
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0771 Shift solenoid E stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 66 DTC P0771
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2A-
P0772 Shift solenoid E stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 68 DTC P0772
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2A-
P0773 Shift solenoid E malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 70 DTC P0773
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0777 Pressure control solenoid B stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 72 DTC P0777
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2A-
Pressure control solenoid B malfunction
P0778 ON YES 1 CCM X 74 DTC P0778
(electrical)
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0791 Intermediate sensor circuit malfunction ON YES 1 CCM X 76 DTC P0791
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2A-
P0841 Oil pressure switch circuit malfunction OFF NO 2 CCM X 79 DTC P0841
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0882 Battery back-up power supply circuit malfunction ON NO 1 CCM X 81 DTC P0882
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0894 Forward clutch torque transmission OFF YES 1 CCM X 83 DTC P089"
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P1783 ATF high oil temperature malfunction OFF YES 1 CCM X 83 DTC P1783
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P2707 Shift solenoid F stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 85 DTC P2707
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P2708 Shift solenoid F stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 87 DTC P2708
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P2709 Shift solenoid F malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 89 DTC P2709
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0073 CAN system communication error
SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
(See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0100 Communication error to PCM
SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])

05-02A-10
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0706 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W62

DTC P0706 Transaxle range (TR) switch range/performance


When all conditions below are satisfied and 100 s or more have passed .
- Engine speed 530 rpm or more
-Vehicle speed 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
-Voltage at TCM terminal 2H 0.5 V or more
- P, R, N, or D range/position not detected
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.


TR switch malfunction
POSSIBLE
TR switch misadjustment
CAUSE
TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TR SWITCH Yes Adjust the TR switch, then go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 05-17A-17 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Disconnect the TR switch connector. ADJUSTMENT [FS5A-EL] .)
Inspect for resistance between TR switch No Replace the TR switch, then go to the next step .
terminals Band C (part-side). (See 05-17A-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Is the resistance normal? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR)
SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0706 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in each range (D and R) for
100 s or more under the following conditions:
-Engine speed (RPM PI D): 530 rpm or more
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 20 km/h {12
mph} or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
5 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0707 [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W63

DTC P0707 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit low input


When all conditions below are satisfied and 100 s or more have passed.
- Vehicle speed 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
- Engine speed 530 rpm or more
-Voltage at TCM terminal 2H 0.5 V or less
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TR switch malfunction
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between TR switch terminal C and TCM terminal 2H
CAUSE TR switch signal and TR switch ground circuits shorted each other
TCM malfunction

TCM

TRSWITCH @

TR SWITCH WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

rr
2W I2U I2S 20120 2M 12K
><
21
l
2G 2E l2c 2A
2X I2V I2T 2R I2P 2N I2L 2J 2H 2F I2D 28

05-02A-12
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TR SWITCH CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Repair terminals or replace the TR switch, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the TR switch connector. (See 05-17A-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Inspect for poor connection at TR switch REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
terminals Band C (part-side) (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion)


Are TR switch terminals normal?
4 INSPECT TR SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the TR switch, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the TR switch connector. (See 05-17A-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Inspect for resistance between TR switch REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
terminals Band C (part-side).
Is the resistance normal?
(See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR)
SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 8.
CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection at terminals 2H
and 20 (such as damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
Is there any malfunction?
6 INSPECT TR SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to ground,
SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between TR switch No Go to the next step .
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TR SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short circuit, then
CIRCUIT go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TR switch No Go to the next step.
terminals 8 and C (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0707 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle for 100 s or more under the
following conditions:
-Engine speed (RPM PID): 530 rpm or more
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 20 km/h {12
mph} or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-13
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0708 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W64

DTC P0708 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit high input


When all conditions below are satisfied and 100 s or more have passed.
- Vehicle speed 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
- Engine speed 530 rpm or more
-Voltage at TCM terminai2H 4.79 V or more
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TR switch malfunction
Open circu it in wiring harness between TR switch terminal C and TCM terminal 2H
POSSIBLE Short to power supply in wiring harness between TR switch terminal C and TCM terminal 2H
CAUSE Open circuit in wiring harness between TR switch terminal 8 and TCM terminal 20
Poor connection of TR switch or TCM connectors
TCM malfunction

TCM

TRSWITCH @ ~ ....
@
@ ([)
,c,..,, //1-::':\
,,,g~

~ v
I (

f)) @ @
g,

~
TR SWITCH WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

rr ><
21 12G 2E 2C 2A
2X J2V j2T 2R I 2P 2N 2L 2J j2H 2F 2D 28

05-02A-14
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
I_ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TR SWITCH CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair terminals or replace the TR switch, then go to Step 9.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 05-17A-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Disconnect the TR switch connector. REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .


Are TR switch terminals normal?
4 INSPECT TR SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between TR switch No Replace the TR switch , then go to Step 9.
terminals Band C (part-side). (See 05-17A-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Is the resistance normal? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR)
SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to step 9.
CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection at terminals 2H
and 20 (such as damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
Is there any malfunction?
6 INSPECT TR SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to power
SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY supply, then go to Step 9.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to the next step.
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage between TR switch terminal
C and (wiring harness-side) body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
7 INSPECT TR SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit, then
Inspect for continuity between TR switch go to step 9 .
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and TCM
terminal 2H.
Is there continuity?
8 INSPECT TR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit, then
Inspect for continuity between TR switch go to the next step.
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and TCM
terminal 20.
Is there continuity?
9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0708 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle for 100 s or more under the
following conditions:
- Engine speed (RPM PID) 530 rpm or more
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D) 20 km/h {12 mph}
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
0 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
- Periorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-15
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0711 [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W 65

DTC P0711 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit range/performance (stuck)
When all conditions below are satisfied.
- When 180 s have passed after the engine is started, vehicle is driven for 90 s or more at vehicle spee,
between 25-59 km/h {15-36 mph}, then 60 km/h {37 mph} or more for 60 s or more.
- P0712, P0713 not output
-Variation in ATF voltage 0.03 V or less
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM .
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light does not illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.

POSSIBLE TFT sensor malfunction


CAUSE Connector corrosion
TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TFT SENSOR VOLTAGE Yes Go to Step 5.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to the next step.
(engine off).
Measure the voltage at TCM terminal 2M .
Record terminal 2M voltage .
Start the engine .
Drive the vehicle at 60 km/h {37 mph} or more
for 330 s or more.
Record terminal 2M voltage again .
Is the variation in voltage 0.03 V or more?
4 INSPECT TERMINAL CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Repair or replace the terminals, then go to the next step.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Inspect terminals for corrosion .
Are terminals normal?
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0711 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
oc
Decrease ATF temperature to 20 {68 F} or
less.
Start the engine and wait for 180 s or more .
Drive the vehicle at a vehicle speed between
25-59 km/h {15-36 mph} for 90 s or more.
Drive the vehicle at a vehicle speed 60 km/h
{37 mph} or more for 60 s or more.
Is the PENDING CODE present?
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. (
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed. -
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-16
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0712 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W66

DTC P0712 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to ground)
If the TCM detects either of the following conditions for 150 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT
sensor circuit has a malfunction.
- TFT sensor voltage 0.06 V or less and vehicle speed 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TFT sensor malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and transaxle connector (primary) terminal E
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and transaxle connector (primary) terminal H
CAUSE Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal E and TCM terminal 2M '
Damaged connectors between TFT sensor and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

ATX ......
@
~
TFT SENSOR @) @
(]) //c-.
@ \..E.)//
""~
>

-1--

"@
~~~,#~-----------~~T~?a
~----------~ ~------------~

TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR (PRIMARY)


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

2W 2U 2S 2M I2K 21 I2G 2E 2C I2A


2X 2V 2T 2R I2P 2N I2L 2J I2H 2F 2D I2B

05-02A-17
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. J_
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Go to the intermittent concern troubleshooting procedure.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (See 01-03A-7 INTERMITIENT CONCERN
(engine off). TROUBLESHOOTING [L3].)
Inspect the voltage at TCM terminal 2M. No Go to the next step .
Is the voltage 0.06 V or more?
4 INSPECT TERMINAL CONDITION Yes Repair or replace the terminals, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. If the terminals cannot be repaired, replace the wiring
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) . harness, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/ No Go to the next step.
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are the terminals bent?
5 INSPECT TFT SENSOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to Step 8.
(engine off).
Verify that the voltage changes to 4.67 V or
more at TCM terminal 2M when transaxle
connector (primary) is disconnected.
Does the voltage change?
6 INSPECT TFT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 8.
TO GROUND No Replace the TFT sensor, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between transaxle (See 05-17A-20 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
connector (primary) terminals (transaxle case (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
side) and body ground.
- E and body ground
- H and body ground
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
FOR SHORT TO GROUND step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between transaxle
connector (primary) terminal E (wiring
harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0712 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17 A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following condition
for 150 s or more.
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D) 20 km/h {12 mph}
or more.
Is the same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed .
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-18
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0713 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W67

DTC P0713 Transaxle fluid temperature {TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (open circuit)
If the TCM detects the following condition for 150 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT sensor
circuit has a malfunction.
- TFT sensor voltage 4.67 V or more and vehicle speed 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TFT sensor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and transaxle connector (primary) terminal E
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and transaxle connector (primary) terminal H
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal E and TCM terminal 2M
CAUSE


Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal H and TCM terminal 20
Damaged connectors between TFT sensor and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

ATX .......
..?-
TFT SENSOR 1~@ //t:";")
@CD ~

~ ~1H.nr---------~~M~--+-~
@Y'
-- ~
>

-1- lA\
~

'--------'
I ~11)---,~
'----------'

TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR (PRIMARY)


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

2W I 2U I 2S 2Q I 20 2M _I 2K
2X I 2V I 2T 2R I 2P 2N I2L 2J I 2H 2F I2D I 28

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Go to the intermittent concern troubleshooting procedure.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (See 01-03A-71NTERMITIENT CONCERN
(engine off). TROUBLESHOOTING [L3].)
Measure the voltage at TCM terminal 2M . No Go to the next step.
Is the voltage 4.67 V or less?
05-02A-19
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
4 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go --
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. to Step 10.
Inspect transaxle connector (primary)
connection.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
5 INSPECT TFT SENSOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to Step 7.
(engine off).
Measure the voltage at TCM terminal 2M when
connect between transaxle connector (primary)
terminals E and H (wiring harness-side) using
jumper wire.
Verify that voltage changes to 0.06 V or less .
Does the voltage change?
6 INSPECT TFT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Replace the TFT sensor, then go to Step 10.
CIRCUIT (See 05-17A-20 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
Inspect for continuity between transaxle {TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
connector (primary) terminals (transaxle case No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 10.
side) E and H.
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. to Step 10.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 10.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Connect the TCM connector.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal E (vehicle wiring harness-
side).
Is the voltage 5 V?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. step.
Inspect for continuity between transaxle
connector (primary) terminal H (wiring
harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0713 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following condition
for 150 s or more.
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D) 20 kmlh {12 mph}
or more.
Is the same DTC present?
11 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR I
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? 1

05-02A-20
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0715 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W68

DTC P0715 lnpuUturbine speed sensor circuit malfunction


When all conditions below are satisfied and 0.7 s or more have passed.
- D range of TR switch input
-Driving vehicle at vehicle speed of 41 km/h {25 mph} or more
- Input/turbine speed sensor signal not input
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal 2K


Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal B and TCM terminal 21
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal 2K
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal B and TCM terminal 21
Damaged connectors between input/turbine speed sensor and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

@@
@
B

INPUT!TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR

@A @@
~--------~~---------u~CK
,,, ~~~~----~
(J)

~
.
~

INPUT!TURBINE SPEED SENSOR TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

~ 2W I 2U I 2S 20 I 20 2M I2K
2X I 2V I 2T 2R I 2P 2N I2L
21 I 2G 2E I 2C I 2A
2J I 2H 2F I 2D I 28

~~~I
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
r Is any related repair information available?

05-02A-21
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Go to the intermittent concern troubleshooting procedure.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Start the engine.
(See 01-Q3A-7 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING [L3].)
-
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed No Go to the next step.
sensor using a oscilloscope.
-IGON : 0 Hz
-Idle: Within 320-374 Hz (P, N position)
Are frequencies of input/turbine speed sensor
within specifications?
4 INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
to Step 10.
Disconnect the input/turbine speed sensor
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
5 INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
RESISTANCE No Replace the input/turbine speed sensor, then go to Step 10.
Measure the resistance between the input! (See 05-17A-231NPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR
turbine speed sensor terminals (part-side).
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Is the resistance within 250-600 ohms
between input/turbine speed sensor terminals
(part -side)?
(See 05-17A-221NPUT/TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR Yes Clean the input/turbine speed sensor, then go to Step 10.
Remove input/turbine speed sensor. No Go to the next step .
Is there iron powder stuck on input/turbine
speed sensor?
(See 05-17A-23 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then gc
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 10.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the following input/turbine speed
sensor terminals (wiring harness-side) and
TCM terminals (wiring harness-side):
-A and 2K
-Band21
Is there continuity?
9 INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND step.
Inspect input/turbine speed sensor terminal No Go to the next step.
(wiring harness-side) and body ground.
- A and body ground
- B and body ground
Is there continuity?
10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0715 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17 A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle a vehicle speed 41 km/h {25
mph} or more for 0.7 s or more.
Is the same DTC present?
11 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
'
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-Q2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-22
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0720 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W69

DTC P0720 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction


Vehicle speed signal is not input after the following conditions are met and 4.5 s or more have passed.
- D range switch ON
- Engine coolant temperature 60 oc {140 F} or more
- Turbine speed 1 ,500 rpm or more
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
VSS malfunction


Open circuit in wiring harness between VSS terminal B and TCM terminal 2P
Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal B and TCM terminal 2P
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and main relay terminal C
CAUSE Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and AT main relay terminal A
Open circuit in wiring harness between VSS terminal C and body ground
Damaged connectors between VSS and TCM
TCM malfunction

B+ IG1

AT MAIN
RELAY
TCM
@)
vss

AT MAIN RELAY
WIRING HARNESS-
VSS WIRING HARNESS- SIDE CONNECTOR
TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
SIDE CONNECTOR

rr >< I
2W 2U I2S 2Q 120 2M I2K 21 I2G 2E I2C I2A
2X 2V I2T 2R I2P 2N I2L 2J I2H 2F I2D I2B

05-02A-23
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. j _
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED SERVICE INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair Information available?
3 INSPECT VSS CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the pin or connector, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the VSS connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT VSS POWER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to Step 6.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Verify that the VSS connector is disconnected .
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off) .
Inspect the voltage between VSS terminal A
(wiring harness-side) and ground.
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT VSS POWER CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Go to the next step.
TO GROUND No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Inspect for continuity between VSS terminal A
(wiring harness-side) and ground.
Is there continuity?
6 INSPECT VSS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Verify that the VSS connector is disconnected .
Inspect for continu ity between VSS (wiring
harness-side) terminal C and ground.
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the pin or connector, then go to Step 11.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Disconnect the TCM connector and VSS
connector.
Inspect for continuity between VSS terminal B
and TCM terminal 2P.
Is there continuity?
9 INSPECT VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
FOR SHORT TO GROUND step.
Verity that the VSS connector and TCM No Replace the VSS, then go to the next step.
connector are disconnected. (See 05-17A-27 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
2P and body ground.
Is there continuity?
10 INSPECT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Repair or replace the VSS, then go to Step 11.
(See 05-17A-25 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(VSS) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
,
Is VSS normal?

05-02A-24
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0720 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
- connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Warm up engine.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 4.5 s or more while monitoring PIDs.
-Engine coolant temp (ECT PID): 60 oc {140
F} or more
- Drive in D or M range
- Frequency of input/turbine speed sensor:
800 Hz or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.


Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed .
(See 05-Q2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

DTC P0731 [FSSA-EL]


E6U050200000W70

DTC P0731 Gear 1 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


The TCM monitors the revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum revolution to secondary gear revolution
when the following monitoring conditions are met. If the revolution ratio is 2.157 or less, the TCM
determines that there is a malfunction.
Monitoring conditions:
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Driving in 1GR in DorM range
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Throttle opening angle 4.14% or more
DETECTION -Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more.
CONDITION -None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751 ,
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771 , P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
The MIL does not illuminate.
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available .
A PENDING CODE is not available.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid A stuck
Pressure control solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE One-way clutch slipping
Forward clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
TCM malfunction

05-02A-25
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION I
l_
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line No Go to the next step.
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Go to the next step.
Perform operation inspection. No Replace the solenoid that you could not hear a click sound,
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE then go to Step 8.
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
Verify the click sound of shift solenoid A when [FS5A-EL].)
applying B+ to transaxle terminal A.
Was a click heard from solenoids?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the primary control valve body, then
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) go to Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INPUT/TURBINE Yes Go to the next step.
SPEED SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the primary control valve body, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. step .
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine. REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
sensor while driving vehicle under the following INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
conditions:
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 20 km/h {12
mph}
- Drive in the D range, 1GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the input/turbine speed
sensor at approx. 1,300 Hz?

05-02A-26
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
8 VERIFY REPAIR OF DTC P0731 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
connectors. EL].)
Clear the DTC using the WDS or equivalent. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine.
Warm up the transaxle.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 4 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 1GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 4 km/h {3 mph}
or more
Are any DTCs present?


9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

DTC P0732 [FS5A-EL]


E6U050200000W71

DTC P0732 Gear 2 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


The TCM monitors revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum revolution to the secondary gear case
revolution when the following monitoring conditions are met. If revolution ratio is 1.249 or less or 2.157 or
more, the TCM determines that there is a malfunction.
Monitoring conditions:
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 2 GR in D or M range
- Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
DETECTION
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751 ,
CONDITION
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761 , P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771 , P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminate.
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available .
A PENDING CODE is not available.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoids A, B or C stuck
Pressure control solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE 2-4 brake band slipping
Forward clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
I STEP INSPECTION ACTION
I 1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line No Go to the next step.
repair information availability.
r Is any related repair information available?

05-02A-27
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECTION SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A, 8 Yes Go to the next step.
AND C FOR CLICK SOUND No Replace the solenoid where you could not hear a click
Perform operation inspection. sound, then go to Step 8 .
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) [FS5A-EL].)
Verify the click sound of shift solenoid A, B, and
C when applying B+ to each transaxle terminal.
Was a click heard from solenoids?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures . Any ranges: Replace the primary control valve body, then
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) go to Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INPUT!TURBINE Yes Go to the next step.
SPEED SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the primary control valve body, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. step.
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine. REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
sensor while driving vehicle under the following INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
conditions:
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 40 km/h {24
mph}
- Drive in the D range, 2GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the input/turbine speed
sensor at approx. 1 ,300 Hz?
8 VERIFY REPAIR OF DTC P0732 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
connectors. EL].)
Clear the DTC using the WDS or equivalent. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine .
Warm up the transaxle.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 3 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 2GR
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 3.8 km/h {2.4
mph} or more
Are any DTCs present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. I

Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.


(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-28
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0733 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W72

DTC P0733 Gear 3 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


-
The TCM monitors revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum revolution to the secondary gear case
revolution when the following monitoring conditions are met. If the revolution ratio is 0.863 or less, the TCM
determines that there is a malfunction.
Monitoring conditions:
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 3 GR in D or M range
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) not operating
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
-Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
- None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751 ,
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772,
P0773, P0791
The TCM monitors revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum revolution to the secondary gear case


revolution when the following monitoring conditions are met. If the revolution ratio is 2.175 or more, the
TCM determines that there is a malfunction.
Monitoring conditions:
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 3 GR in D or M range
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
DETECTION -None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751,
CONDITION P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771 , P0772,
P0773, P0791
The TCM monitors revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum revolution to the secondary gear case
revolution when the following monitoring conditions are met. If the revolution ratio is within 1.345-1.644,
the TCM determines that there is a malfunction.
Monitoring conditions:
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 3 GR in D or M range
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) not operating
-Vehicle speed 26 km/h {16 mph} or more
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751,
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761,P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminate.
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoids A or C stuck
Pressure control solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE 3-4 clutch slipping
Forward clutch slipping
Control valve stuck (Bypass, TCC or 3-4 shift valve)
Oil pump malfunction
TCM malfunction

05-02A-29
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available L
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line No Go to the next step.
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine . No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX . (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECTION SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A AND Yes Go to the next step.
C FOR CLICK SOUND No Replace the solenoid where you could not hear a click
Perform operation inspection . sound, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
Verify the click sound of shift solenoid A and C [FS5A-EL].)
when applying B+ to each transaxle terminal.
Was a click heard from solenoids?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the primary control valve body, then
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) go to Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range . No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INPUT/TURBINE Yes Go to the next step.
SPEED SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the primary control valve body, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . step.
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine . REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
sensor while driving vehicle under the following
conditions: INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 60 km/h {37
mph}
-Drive in the D range, 3GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the input/turbine speed
sensor at approx. 1 ,300 Hz?
8 VERIFY REPAIR OF DTC P0733 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
connectors. EL].)
Clear the DTC using the WDS or equivalent. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine.
Warm up the transaxle .
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for more than 2 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 ac{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 3GR
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 4 kmlh {3 mph}
or more
Are any DTCs present? '
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-30
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0734 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W73

DTC P0734Gear 4 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


The TCM monitors revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum revolution to the secondary gear case
revolution when the following monitoring conditions are met. If the revolution ratio is 0.6 or less or 1.249 or
more, the TCM determines that there is a malfunction.
Monitoring conditions:
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc
{68 F} or more
-Driving in 4GR in DorM range
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Vehicle speed 28 km/h {17 mph} or more
-Throttle opening angle at closed throttle position
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751,
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761 , P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772,
P0773, P0791
The TCM monitors revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum revolution to the secondary gear case


revolution when the following monitoring conditions are met. If the revolution ratio is within 0.91-1.09, the
TCM determines that there is a malfunction.
Monitoring conditions:
DETECTION - Engine running
CONDITION - ATF temperature 20 oc
{68 F} or more
-Driving in 4GR in DorM range
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) not operating
-Vehicle speed 36 km/h {22 mph} or more
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751,
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminate.
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
A PENDING CODE is not available .
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoids A, B or C stuck
Pressure control solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
2-4 brake band slipping
CAUSE
3-4 clutch slipping
Forward clutch slipping
Control valve stuck (Bypass or 3-4 shift valve)
Oil pump malfunction
TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line No Go to the next step.
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
- Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)

05-02A-31
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID A AND D FOR Yes Go to the next step.
CLICK SOUND No Replace the solenoid where you could not hear click sound _...
Pertorm operation inspection. then go to Step 8 .
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) [FS5A-EL] .)
Verify the click sound of shift solenoids A and D
when applying B+ to each transaxle terminal.

Note
The click from solenoid D is barely
audible. Remove solenoids to correctly
inspect if necessary.

Was a click heard from solenoids?


5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the primary control valve body, then
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) go to Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL] .)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INPUT/TURBINE Yes Go to the next step.
SPEED SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the primary control valve body, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. step.
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine. REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
sensor while driving vehicle under the following INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
conditions:
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 80 km/h {49
mph}
-Drive in the D range, 4GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the input/turbine speed
sensor at approx. 1 ,300 Hz?
8 VERIFY REPAIR OF DTC P0734 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
connectors. EL].)
Clear the DTC using the WDS or equivalent. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine.
Warm up the transaxle.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for more than 5 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PID}: 20 oc{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 4GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D): 0%
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 28 kmlh {17
mph} or more
Are any DTCs present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? (

05-02A-32
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0735 [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W74

DTC P0735 Gear 5 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


-
The TCM monitors revolution ratio of the secondary gear revolution to the differential gear case revolution
when the following monitoring conditions are met. When any of the following conditions are met:
- Revolution ratio of the secondary gear and the differential gear case is 1.11 or less when driving in 3G R
or 4GR.
-Revolution ratio of the secondary gear and differential gear case is 1.11 or more when driving in 5GR.
Monitoring conditions:
-Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Throttle opening angle 4.14% or more
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
DETECTION
-Vehicle speed 29 km/h {18 mph} or more
CONDITION
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0777,
P0778, P0791, P2707, P2708, P2709


Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
The MIL does not illuminate .
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available .
A PENDING CODE is not available .
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid F stuck
Pressure control solenoid B stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE Direct clutch slipping
Reduction brake slipping
Control valve stuck (Bypass or 4-5 shift valve)
Oil pump malfunction
r TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line No Go to the next step.
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 9.
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 9.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID F AND PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL SOLENOID B FOR CLICK SOUND No Replace the solenoid where you could not hear click sound,
Perform operation inspection . then go to Step 9.
(See 05-17A-31 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
INSPECTION (SECONDARY CONTROL INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
VALVE BODY) [FS5A-EL].) [FS5A-EL].)
Verify the click sound of shift solenoid F and
pressure control solenoid B when applying B+
to each transaxle terminal.
I Was a click heard from solenoids?

05-02A-33
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 9.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the secondary control valve body,
'- (See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) then go to Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 9.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INTERMEDIATE Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the secondary control valve body, then go to the
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . next step.
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine. REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of intermediate sensor (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
while driving vehicle under the following INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
conditions:
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 80 km/h {49
mph}
- Drive in the D range, 4GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the intermediate sensor
at approx. 4,800 Hz?
8 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INTERMEDIATE Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the secondary control valve body, then go to the
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. next step.
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine. REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BOD:
sensor while driving vehicle under the following INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
conditions:
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 90 km/h {56
mph}
-Drive in the D range, 5GR
-Throttle opening angle {THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the input/turbine speed
sensor at approx. 4,100 Hz?
9 VERIFY REPAIR OF DTC P0735 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
connectors. EL].)
Clear the DTC using the WDS or equivalent. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine.
Warm up the transaxle.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for more than 5 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 5GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Are any DTCs present?
10 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-34
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0741 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W75

DTC P0741Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck off


When all conditions below are satisfied.
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Driving in 4GR at D range
- Engine running
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
-Vehicle speed within 60-100 km/h {37-62 mph}
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) operating
-Shift solenoid A duty value exceeds 99%
- Difference between engine speed and turbine speed more than 100 rpm
DETECTION -None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751 ,
CONDITION P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminate if TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first the drive cycle.


A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available .
The AT warning light illuminates
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoids A, B, C, D, E, and pressure control solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE 2-4 brake band slipping
3-4 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-35
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available )_
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 4 .
-Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 6 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 6 .
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
5 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring , then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0741 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up engine and ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 5 s or more.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 4GR (TCC operation)
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): within GQ-100
km/h {37--62 mph}
Are any DTCs present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? I

05-02A-36
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0742 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W76

DTC P0742Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck on


All of the following conditions are satisfied under each of the following throttle conditions .
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 4GR at D or M range
- Engine running
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
-Vehicle speed 70 km/h {43 mph} or less
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) not operating
- Difference between engine speed and turbine speed 50 rpm or less
- DTC P0734 not output
DETECTION Throttle conditions
CONDITION -Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D) is 6.25% or more and 5 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) is within 3.13-6.25% and 3 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle is at closed throttle position and 5 s or more have passed.
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).


The MIL does not illuminate if TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first the drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoids A, B, C, D, E, and pressure control solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE 2-4 brake band slipping
3-4 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
TEP INSPECTION ACTION
.1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition . go to Step 4.
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6 .
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF} Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 6 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.)
Are the line pressures within the
Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
to Step 6.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)

05-02A-37
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
5 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0742 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up engine and ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following
conditions:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 ac {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 4GR (TCC not in
operation)
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 70 km/h {43
mph} or less.
Throttle conditions
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) 6.25%
or more and 5 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) within
3.13-6.25% and 3 s or more have passed.
{
-Throttle opening angle at closed throttle
position and 5 s or more have passed.
Are any DTCs present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-38
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0744 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W77

DTC P0744 Slip control malfunction


With the engine running, all of the following conditions are met:
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
- Throttle opening angle 18.75% or less
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) operating
- Drive the vehicle at 3GR, 4GR, or 5GR, slip control operation
-When any of the following conditions are met:
Revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum to secondary gear is 1.344 or less or 1.645 or more when
driving in 2GR.
Revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum to secondary gear is 0.91 or less or 1.09 or more when
driving in 3GR.
DETECTION Revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum to secondary gear is 0.636 or less or 0.817 or more when
CONDITION driving in 4GR.
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751 ,


P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761 , P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive
cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM .
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
DTCs are stored in the TCM memory.
Forward clutch not engaged or slipped
Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal Band TCM terminai1A
Shift solenoid A stuck on
POSSIBLE Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal 1 F
CAUSE Shift solenoid D stuck on
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal 1H
Shift solenoid E stuck off
i TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been
recorded? then go to the next step.
2 VERIFY DTCS Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position , No Replace the forward clutch, then go to the next step.
then to the ON position.
Verify the DTCs in the TCM memory.
Are DTCs P0752, P0753, P0767, P0768,
P0771, and P0773 output?
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0744 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17 A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Warm up the engine.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 5GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc
{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D): 18.75%
or less
Are any DTCs present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-39
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0745 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W78

DTC P0745 Pressure control solenoid A malfunction


If the TCM detects either of the following conditions, the TCM determines that pressure control solenoid f
circuit has a malfunction.
- Pressure control solenoid A voltage stuck 0 V after engine start
- Pressure control solenoid A voltage stuck B+ after engine start
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminate if TCM detects above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Pressure control solenoid A malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid A terminal B and transaxle connector
(primary) terminal I
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal I and TCM terminal 1G
Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal D and TCM terminal 1 E
POSSIBLE Short to power supply in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal D and TCM
CAUSE terminal1 E
Open circuit in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid terminal A and transaxle connector
(primary) terminal D
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal D and TCM terminal 1E
Damaged connector between pressure control solenoid A and TCM
TCM malfunction

ATX TCM

PRESSURE CONTROL
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A CV
SOLENOID A WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR


CV
~--------------------~~jG

TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR (PRIMARY)


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then gc.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. to Step 10.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
05-02A-40
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 6.
-- Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminals D and I
(transaxle case side).
Is the resistance within 2.4-7.3 ohms?
(See 05-17 A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
4 INSPECT PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the pressure control solenoid to Step 10.
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
5 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the resistance between the pressure No Verify pressure control solenoid installation.


control solenoid terminals A and B.
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the pressure
Is the resistance within 2.4-7.3 ohms? control solenoid, then go to Step 10 .
(See 05-17A-29 Resistance Inspection (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 10.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
7 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, the go to Step 10.
Inspect for continuity between the TCM (wiring
harness-side) and transaxle connector
(primary) (wiring harness-side).
- TCM terminal 1 E and transaxle connector
(primary) terminal D
- TCM terminal 1G and transaxle connector
(primary) terminal I
Is there continuity between terminals?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 10.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal D (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
9 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
GROUND step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between transaxle
connector (primary) terminal D (wiring
harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0745 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Make sure to wait more than 1 s after turning
the ignition switch to the ON position.
Are any DTCs present?
11 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
I Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-41
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0751 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W79

DTC P0751Shift solenoid A stuck off


When P0731 , P0732, and P0733 are not output, and all conditions below are satisfied.
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 ac{68 F} or more
- Driving in 4GR at D or M range
-Vehicle speed 36 km/h {22 mph} or more
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
- Torque converter clutch (TCC) not operating
-Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to secondary gear revolution within 0.91-1.09
DETECTION -None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0752,
CONDITION P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772, P0773,
P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM .
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid A stuck off
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-42
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
[ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition . go to Step 5.
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF


Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7.
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0751 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 36 km/h {22
mph} (4GR only)
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-43
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0752 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W80

DTC P0752 Shift solenoid A stuck on


When P0734 is not output, and all conditions below are satisfied in 1GR and 2GR.
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 ac {68 F} or more
- D range selected
- Brake pedal depressed
-Throttle opening angle at closed throttle position
-Vehicle speed 0 km/h {0 mph}
-Input/turbine speed sensor signal187.5 rpm or more.
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751 ,
DETECTION P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761 , P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772, P0773,
CONDITION P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid A stuck on
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-44
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF


Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7.
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressu res within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0752 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
-1
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-45
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0753 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W81

DTC P0753 Shift solenoid A malfunction (electrical)


If TCM detects either of the following conditions, TCM determines that shift solenoid A circuit has a
malfunction.
- Shift solenoid A voltage stuck at B+ after engine start
-Shift solenoid A voltage stuck at 0 V after engine start
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Shift solenoid A malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal A and TCM terminai1A
Short to power supply in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal A and TCM
terminai1A
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal B and transaxle connector (primary)
CAUSE terminal A
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal A and TCM terminal 1A
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and body ground
Damaged connector between shift solenoid A and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM
ATX

SHIFT SOLENOID A
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR (PRIMARY) TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. .I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?

05-02A-46
ON-BOARD DIAGNO$TIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
'-
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary). to Step 11.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminal A (transaxle case
side} and body ground.
Is the resistance within 1.D-4.2 ohms?
(See 05-17A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID A CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift solenoid A connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/


pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid A No Verify shift solenoid A installation.
terminals A and B (part-side). If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
Is the resistance within 1.D-4.2 ohms? go to Step 11 .
(See 05-17A-29 Resistance Inspection (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or term inals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1A (wiring harness-side) and transaxle
connector (primary) terminal A (wiring
harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal A (wiring harness-side}.
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1A (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0753 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 4GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed .
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-47
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0756 [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W82

DTC P0756 Shift solenoid B stuck off


When DTC P0732, P0733, and P0734 are not output, and all conditions below are satisfied.
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc{68 F} or more
- Driving in 1GR at D or M range
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID} 4.14% or more
-Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to secondary gear revolution 2.157 or less
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751 ,
DETECTION P0752, P0753, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771 , P0772, P0773,
CONDITION P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid B stuck off
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-48
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Pertorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability.
No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition.
- Clear red: Normal go to Step 5.
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
Is it normal?


(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body.
Is each valve operation normal and is the No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
return spring normal? to the next step.
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0756 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range
-Engine speed (RPM PI D): 450 rpm or more
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-49
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0757 [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W83

DTC P0757 Shift solenoid B stuck on


When DTC P0731 and P0733 are not output, and both the following conditions are satisfied.
-When all conditions below are satisfied while driving in 2GR
Engine running
ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
Driving in D or M range
Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to secondary gear revolution 1.249 or less or 2.157
or more
None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720,
P0751,P0752,P0753, P0756, P0758,P0761, P0762,P0763,P0766, P0767, P0768,P0771,P0772,
P0773, P0791
-When all conditions below are satisfied with driving in 4GR
Engine running
ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
Driving in D or M range
DETECTION Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
CONDITION Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
Vehicle speed 28 km/h {17 mph}
Throttle opening angle at closed throttle position
Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to secondary gear revolution 0.6 or less or 1.249 or
more
None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720,
P0751,P0752,P0753, P0756, P0758, P0761, P0762,P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771,P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first dri\
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid B stuck on
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-50
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED
No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Pertorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability.
No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition . go to Step 5.
-Clear red: Normal
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid


(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine . No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX.
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the
return spring normal? to the next step.
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0757 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors.
No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX .
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
make sure that gears shift smoothly from 1GR
to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Engine speed (RPM PI D): 450 rpm or more
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D): 0%
(4GR only)
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 28 km/h {17
mph} (4GR only)
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed .
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
-,
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-51
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0758 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W84

DTC P0758 Shift solenoid B malfunction (electrical)


If the TCM detects either of the following conditions, the TCM determines that shift solenoid B circuit has
malfunction.
- Shift solenoid B voltage stuck at B+ after engine start
- Shift solenoid B voltage stuck at 0 V after engine start
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Shift solenoid B malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal C and TCM terminal 1B
Short to power supply in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal C and TCM
terminal1 B
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal B and transaxle connector (primary)
CAUSE terminal C
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal C and TCM terminal 1B
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal A and body ground
Damaged connector between shift solenoid B and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM
ATX

SHIFT SOLENOID B
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE l
CONNECTOR

TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR (PRIMARY) TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. 'I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?

05-02A-52
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION
L- No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary). to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminal C (transaxle case
side} and body ground.
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms?
(See 05-17 A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID 8 CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift solenoid B connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/


pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid B No Verify shift solenoid B installation.
terminals A and B (part-side) .
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms? go to Step 11 .
(See 05-17A-29 Resistance Inspection (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1B (wiring harness-side) and transaxle
connector (primary) terminal C (wiring
harness-side}.
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect for voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal C (wiring harness-side}.
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
18 (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0758 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
SHIFT SOLENOID 8 COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 4GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-53
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0761 [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W85

DTC P0761 Shift solenoid C stuck off


When DTC P0733 and P0734 are not output, and both the following conditions are satisfied.
-When all conditions below are satisfied while driving in 1GR
Engine running
ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
Driving in D or M range
Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) 4.14% or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to secondary gear revolution 2.157 or less
None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720,
P0751,P0752,P0753,P0756,P0757,P0758, P0761,P0762, P0763, P0766,P0767,P0768, P0771,
P0772, P0773, P0791
-When all conditions below are satisfied while driving in 2GR
ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
Driving in D or M range
DETECTION Engine running
CONDITION Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to secondary gear revolution 1.249 or less or 2.157
or more
None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720,
P0751 , P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757,P0758, P0761 , P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767,P0768,P0771 ,
P0772, P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid C stuck off
CAUSE
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-54
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5.
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF


Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7.
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0761 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that the gears shift smoothly
from 1GR to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-55
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0762 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W86

DTC P0762 Shift solenoid C stuck on


When DTC P0731 and P0732 are not output, and both the following conditions are satisfied.
-When all conditions below are satisfied while driving in 3GR.
Engine running
ATF temperature 20 ac {68 F} or more.
Driving in D or M range
Vehicle speed 26 kmlh {16 mph} or more
Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
Torque converter clutch (TCC) not operating
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to secondary gear revolution within 1.345-1.644
DETECTION None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720,
CONDITION P0751, P0752,P0753, P0756,P0757, P0758, P0761 , P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768,P0771 , P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM .
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid C stuck on
CAUSE
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-56
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
I_ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF


Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0762 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 26 km/h {16
mph} or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Periorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05- 02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-57
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0763 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W87

DTC P0763 Shift solenoid C malfunction (electrical)


If the TCM detects either of the following conditions, the TCM determines that shift solenoid C circuit has
malfunction.
- Shift solenoid C voltage stuck at B+ after engine start
- Shift solenoid C voltage stuck at 0 V after engine start
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal G and TCM terminal 1C
Short to power supply in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal G and TCM
terminai1C
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal 8 and transaxle connector (primary)
CAUSE terminal G
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal G and TCM terminal 1C
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal A and body ground
Damaged connector between shift solenoid C and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM
ATX

SHIFT SOLENOID C
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE @@@)
CONNECTOR

TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR (PRIMARY) TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information. I
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?

05-02A-58
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
[.... POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary). to Step 11.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminal G (transaxle case
side} and body ground.
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms?
(See 05-17A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID C CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift solenoid C connector. to Step 11.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/


pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid C No Verify shift solenoid C installation.
terminals A and B (part-side).
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms? go to Step 11 .
(See 05-17 A-29 Resistance Inspection (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1C (wiring harness-side) and transaxle
connector (primary) terminal G (wiring
harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal G (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1C (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0763 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 4GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-59
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0766 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W88

DTC P0766 Shift solenoid D stuck off


When any of DTC P0732, and P0733 not output (correct judgment), and all conditions below are satisfier
- Is DTC P0731 not output while driving in 1GR at D range
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 4GR at D or M range
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
-Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
-Vehicle speed 28 km/h {17 mph} or more
-Throttle opening angle at closed throttle position
- Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to secondary gear revolution 0.6 or less or 1.249 or
DETECTION more
CONDITION -None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751,
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772, P0773,
P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid D stuck off
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-60
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
-Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF


Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.)
Are the line pressures within the
Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0766 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors.
No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR:
- ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 0%
(4GR only)
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 28 km/h {17
mph} or more. (4GR only)
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed .
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-61
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0767 [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W89

DTC P0767 Shift solenoid D stuck on


-
When any of DTC P0731 , P0732, P0734, and PO? 41 are not output, and all conditions below are satisfie
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 ac {68 F} or more
- Driving in 3GR at D or M range
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
- Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to secondary gear revolution 0.863 or less
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751,
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761 , P0762, P0763, P0766, P0768, P0771, P0772, P0773,
DETECTION P0791
CONDITION
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM .
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid D stuck on
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-62
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1__ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
\ RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF


Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7.
(See 05-17 A-5 Line Pressure Test.)
Are the line pressures within the
Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05- 17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0767 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 3GR
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
., PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-63
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0768 [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W90

DTC P0768
Shift solenoid D malfunction (electrical)
~--------~--~~--------------~------~------------------~~------~~--~--~--~~.-
If TCM detects either of the following conditions while driving in 4GR at D range, the TCM determines thr
shift solenoid D circuit has a malfunction.
- Shift solenoid D voltage stuck at B+ after engine start
- Shift solenoid D voltage stuck at 0 V after engine start
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal B and TCM terminal 1 F
Short to power supply in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal B and TCM
terminal1 F
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and transaxle connector (primary)
CAUSE
terminal B
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal B and TCM terminal 1 F
D;:~maged connector between shift solenoid D and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM
ATX

SHIFT
SOLENOID D @@
,,,
SHIFT SOLENOID D ,s >//
@@(@

If
WIRING HARNESS- '''" F
SIDE CONNECTOR
(])

~~~I
'

7.7"

TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR (PRIMARY)


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

.......---.....

1PI1NI1LI1J 1H I1F lm l1s

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? 1

05-02A-64
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
- POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. to Step 11.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminal B (transaxle case
side) and body ground.
Is the resistance within 10.9-26.2 ohms?
(See 05-17A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go


Disconnect the shift solenoid D connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid D No Verify shift solenoid D installation.
terminal A (part-side) and body ground.
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
Is the resistance within 10.9-26.2 ohms? go to Step 11.
(See 05-17A-28 Resistance Inspection (On- (See 05-17 A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal1 F
(wiring harness-side) and transaxle connector
(primary) terminal B (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal B (wiring harness-side}.
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal1 F
(wiring harness-side} and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0768 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 4GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-Q2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-65
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0771 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W91

DTC P0771Shift solenoid E stuck off


When any of DTC P0732, and P0734 are not output, and all conditions below are satisfied. -
- Is DTC P0731 not output while driving in 1GR at D range
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Driving in 4GR at D range
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
-Vehicle speed within 60-100 km/h {37-62 mph}
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) operating
- Shift solenoid A duty value exceeds 99%
-Difference between engine speed and turbine speed more than 100 rpm
DETECTION -None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751,
CONDITION P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0772, P0773,
P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid E stuck off
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction -

05-02A-66
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
-Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF


Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection .)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7.
(See 05-17A- 5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0771 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): within 60-100
km/h {37-62 mph} (4GR only).
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-67
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0772 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W92

DTC P0772Shift solenoid E stuck on


When any of DTC P0731, P0733, and P0734 are not output, and all of the following conditions are satisfie
under each of the following throttle conditions.
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Driving in 4GR at DorM range
-Turbine speed within 225--4,987 rpm
-Vehicle speed 70 km/h {43 mph} or less
- Torque converter clutch (TCC) not operating
- Difference between engine speed and turbine speed 50 rpm or less
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751 ,
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762,P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0773,
P0791
DETECTION Throttle conditions
CONDITION -Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D) is 6.25% or more and 5 s or more have passed
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) is within 3.13-6.25% and 3 s or more have passed
-Throttle opening angle is at closed throttle position and 5 s or more have passed
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid E stuck on
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-68
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL] .)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF


Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0772 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 70 km/h {43
mph} or less (4GR only)
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-69
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0773 [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W93

DTC P0773 Shift solenoid E malfunction (electrical)


If TCM detects either of the following conditions while driving in 4GR at D range with TCC operating , TC~
determines that shift solenoid E circuit has a malfunction.
- Shift solenoid E voltage stuck at B+ after engine start
-Shift solenoid E voltage stuck at 0 V after engine start
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Shift solenoid E malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal F and TCM terminal 1 H
Short to power supply in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal F and TCM
terminal1 H
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and transaxle connector (primary)
CAUSE
terminal F
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal F and TCM terminal 1H
Damaged connector between shift solenoid E and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM
ATX

~@
~
SHIFT
SOLENOID E
SHIFT SOLENOID E F '''
'-',/"

If
WIRING HARNESS-
SIDE CONNECTOR
(])

~~~I 7}T

TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR (PRIMARY)


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

~rr~~n~
10 !1M I1K !11 1G I1E !1c I1A
1P !1N I1L 11J 1H I1F lm j1s

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? I

05-02A-70
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
L.... POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. to Step 11.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminal F (transaxle case
side) and body ground.
Is the resistance within 10.9-26.2 ohms?
(See 05-17 A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID E CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go


Disconnect the shift solenoid E connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid E No Verify shift solenoid E installation.
terminal A (part-side) and body ground.
Is the resistance within 10.9-26.2 ohms?
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
go to Step 11 .
(See 05- 17A-29 Resistance Inspection (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1H (wiring harness-side) and transaxle
connector (primary) terminal F (wiring harness-
side) .
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal F (wiring harness-side) .
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1H (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0773 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors.
No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 4GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-Q2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-71
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0777 [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W94

DTC P0777 Pressure control solenoid B stuck on


With the engine running, all of the following conditions are met:
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
-Throttle opening angle 4.14% or more
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0778,
P0791, P2707, P2708, P2709
DETECTION - Revolution ratio of the secondary gear and differential gear case is 1.11 or more when driving in 5G R.
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM .
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Pressure control solenoid 8 stuck on
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-72
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF


Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid {ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
{ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressu res within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the secondary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the secondary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring , then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0777 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 5GR:
- ATF temperature {TFT PI D) {TFT PI D): 20
oc {68 F} or more
- Drive in the D range, 5GR
-Throttle opening angle {THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Periorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-73
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0778 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W95

DTC P0778 Pressure control solenoid B malfunction (electrical)


If TCM detects either of the following conditions, TCM determines that pressure control solenoid B circuit
has a malfunction.
- Pressure control solenoid B voltage stuck at B+ after engine start
- Pressure control solenoid B voltage stuck at 0 V after engine start
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Pressure control solenoid B malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (secondary) terminal A and TCM terminal
1D
Short to power supply in wiring harness between transaxle connector (secondary) terminal A and TCM
terminal1 D
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid B terminal B and transaxle connector
CAUSE
(secondary) terminal A
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (secondary) terminal A and TCM terminal 1D
Open circuit in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid B terminal A and body ground
Damaged connector between pressure control solenoid B and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM
ATX

@@

TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR
PRESSURE CONTROL (SECONDARY) WIRING TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
SOLENOID B WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
HARNESS-SIDE

iillj
CONNECTOR

~~~I
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information. I
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?

05-02A-74
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
- POOR CONNECTION
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
to Step 11 .
Disconnect the transaxle connector
(secondary.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (secondary) terminal A (transaxle
case side) and body ground.
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms?
(See 05-17A-31 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B Yes Go to the next step.


CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the pressure control solenoid B to Step 11 .
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Inspect the resistance between pressure No Verify shift pressure control solenoid B installation.
control solenoid B terminals A and B (part-
side).
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
go to Step 11 .
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms? (See 05-17A-32 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(See 05-17 A-32 Resistance Inspection INSTALLATION (SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) BODY) [FS5A-EL] .)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1D (wiring harness-side} and transaxle
connector (secondary) terminal A (wiring
harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(secondary) terminal A (wiring harness-side}.
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1D (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0778 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 5GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-Q2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-75
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0791 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W96

DTC P0791Intermediate sensor circuit malfunction


Secondary gear revolution speed signal is not input after the following conditions are met and 4.5 s or
more have passed.
- D range selected
-Engine coolant temperature 60 oc {140 F} or more
- Engine speed 500 rpm or more
-Vehicle speed 40 km/h {25 mph} or more
DETECTION Diagnostic support note:
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Intermediate sensor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal B and TCM terminal 2L
Short to ground in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal B and TCM terminal 2L
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal A and AT main relay terminal A
CAUSE Short to ground in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal A and AT main relay terminal A
Open circuit in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal C and body ground
Damaged connectors between intermediate sensor and TCM
TCM malfunction

B+ IG1

AT MAIN
RELAY
TCM
@)
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR

AT MAIN RELAY
WIRING HARNESS-
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
SIDE CONNECTOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR

I >-< I
2W j2U j2S 20 J20 2M j2K 21 j2G 2E j2C j2A
2X j2V j2T 2R j2P 2N j2L 2J j2H 2F j2D j2B

05-02A-76
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
[ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED SERVICE INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair Information available?
3 INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the pin or connector, then go to Step 11 .
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the intermediate sensor connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).


Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR POWER Yes Go to Step 6.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Verify that the intermediate sensor connector is
disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage between intermediate
sensor terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR POWER Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between intermediate
sensor terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
ground.
Is there continuity?
6 INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Verify that the intermediate sensor connector is
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between intermediate
sensor (wiring harness-side) terminal C and
ground.
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the pin or connector, then go to Step 11 .
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT SECONDARY GEAR REVOLUTION Yes Go to the next step.
SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Disconnect the TCM connector and
intermediate sensor connector.
Inspect for continuity between intermediate
sensor terminal 8 and TCM terminal 2L.
Is there continuity?
9 INSPECT SECONDARY GEAR REVOLUTION Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO step.
GROUND No Replace the intermediate sensor, then go to the next step.
Verity that the intermediate sensor connector (See 05-17A-251NTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAU
and TCM connector are disconnected. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminai2L
and body ground.
Is there continuity?

05-02A-77
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
10 INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the intermediate sensor. No Repair or replace the intermediate sensor, then go to the
(See 05-17A-231NTERMEDIATE SENSOR next step.
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].) (See 05--17 A-25 INTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAU
Is intermediate sensor normal? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0791 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Warm up engine.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 4.5 s or more while monitoring PIDs.
-Engine coolant temp (ECT PI D): 60
0
oc {140
F} or more
- Drive in D range
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 40 km/h {25
mph} or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-78
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0841 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W97

DTC P0841 Oil pressure switch circuit malfunction


When DTC P0731, P0732, P0733 and P0734 are not output and 10 s or more has passed.
-When all the conditions below are satisfied while driving in 1GR, 2GR or 3GR
ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
Oil pressure switch OFF
Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to differential gear case revolution within 0.91-
3.07
None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720,
P0751,P0752,P0753, P0756,P0757, P0758,P0761,P0762, P0763, P0766,P0767,P0768,P0771,
P0772, P0773, P0791
-When all conditions below are satisfied while driving in 4GR or 5GR
ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
Oil pressure switch ON
DETECTION Revolution ratio of forward clutch drum revolution to differential gear case revolution within 0.64-
CONDITION 0.81
None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720,


P0751, P0752,P0753,P0756,P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762,P0763, P0766,P0767,P0768, P0771,
P0772, P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive
cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
The AT warning light does not illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Line pressure low
Oil pressure switch malfunction
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between oil pressure switch terminal A and TCM terminal 2J
CAUSE
Short to ground in wiring harness between oil pressure switch terminal A and TCM terminal 2J
Damaged connector between oil pressure switch and TCM
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

(j) TCM
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRING TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR


HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

0 2w l2u I 2s 20 l2o 2M I2K


2X I2V I2T 2R I 2P 2N I2L

05-02A-79
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. 1
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED SERVICE INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair Information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 11 .
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 11.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 11 .
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the primary control valve body, then
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) go to Step 11.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17 A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT OIL PRESSURE SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift oil pressure switch to Step11 .
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Is the connection normal?
7 INSPECT CONTINUITY Yes Replace the oil pressure switch, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between oil pressure (See 05-17A-22 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAU
switch terminal A (part-side) and body ground. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Is there continuity? No Go to the next step.
8 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
9 INSPECT OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminai2J
(wiring harness-side) and transaxle connector
terminal A (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
GROUND step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the oil pressure switch , then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal 2J (See 05-17A-22 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAU
(wiring harness-side) and body ground. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Is there continuity?

05-02A-80
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0841 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle and make sure that gears
shift smoothly from 1GR to 5GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

DTC P0882 [FSSA-EL]


E6U050200000W98

DTC P0882 Battery back-up power supply circuit


When the signal of the battery back-up power supply circuit is less than 2.5 V.
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
DETECTION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle .
CONDITION The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light not illuminates .
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Melted ENG+B 10 A fuse
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and TCM terminal 1K
CAUSE Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and TCM terminal 1K
Poor connection of TCM connector
TCM malfunction

B+
@ T TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR


~~~-=-1l~
ENG+B 10 A TCM
FUSE
q
10 11M I1K 111 1G I1E l1c I1A
@
@CV 1P I1N I1L I1J 1H I1F lm l1s
w 1K

~~~I

05-02A-81
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. I
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and or/on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If fuse has been melted, go to the next step.
Inspect ENG+B 10 A fuse malfunction. If fuse is not installed correctly, install it correctly, then
Is it normal? go to Step 13.
4 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Go go to Step 6.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect for voltage TCM connector terminal 1K
(wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCM CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go go to Step 8.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the negative battery cable .
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 8.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the positive battery cable .
Inspect for continuity between the TCM
terminal 1K and body ground.
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1K and ENG+B 10 A fuse terminal (wiring
harness-side).
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0882 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL).)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine and warm it up completely.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02A-8 DTC TABLE [FS5A-EL).)
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-82
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0894 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W99

DTC P0894 Forward clutch power transmission malfunction


-
With the engine running, all of the following conditions are met:
- ATF temperature 20 oc
{68 F} or more
-Vehicle speed 0 km/h {0 mph} (brake on)
- Even when 3 s or more have passed since the selector lever was shifted from the N position to the D
range, the turbine speed will not decrease to less than 187 rpm.
DETECTION Diagnostic support note:
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle .
A PENDING CODE is not available .
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
DTCs are stored in the TCM memory.
Forward clutch not engaged or slipped
POSSIBLE Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal Band TCM terminal 1A


Shift solenoid A stuck on
CAUSE
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY DTCS Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, No Replace the forward clutch , then go to the next step.
then to the ON position.
Verify the DTCs in the TCM memory.
Are DTCs P0720, P0752, and P0753 output?
- 3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0894 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Warm up the engine.
With the selector lever in the D range and the
vehicle stopped (brake on), wait 3 s or more.
Are any DTCs present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?

DTC P1783 [FSSA-EL]


E6U050200000WAO

DTC P1783 ATF high oil temperature malfunction


When all conditions below are satisfied.
- P0712, P0713 not output
- ATF temperature 149.5 oc {301 F} or more
- ATF oil temperature signal of 0.06 V or more is input to TCM terminal 2H.
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle .
The PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
High engine load drive (Driving a steep gradient at a low speed.)
POSSIBLE Insufficient or excess level of ATF
CAUSE Deteriorated ATF
TFT sensor circuit malfunction
TCM malfunction
05-02A-83
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. _I_
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 VERIFY VEHICLE DRIVING CONDITIONS Yes Go to Step 6.
Verify each PID monitor of the HTM_CNT and Inform the customer that the ATX temperature is high
HTM_DIS. due to high engine load driving.
Verify vehicle driving conditions when a DTC No Go to the next step.
P1783 is output.
Has the vehicle been driven at a high engine
load?
4 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition . go to Step 6 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL] .)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
5 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to the next step.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P1783 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX .
Is the PENDING CODE present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-84
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P2707 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000WA 1

DTC P2707 Shift solenoid F stuck off


. When all conditions below are satisfied.
' - ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
- Throttle opening angle 4.14% or more
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0777,
P0778, P0791, P2708, P2709
- Revolution ratio of the secondary gear and the differential gear case is 1.11 or less when driving in 3GR
DETECTION or4GR.
CONDITION
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive


cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid F stuck off
Secondary control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-85
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. l
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown , replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17 A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7 .
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the secondary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the secondary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2707 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 5GR:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 ac {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 4GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-86
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P2708 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000WA2

DTC P2708 Shift solenoid F stuck on


When all conditions below are satisfied .
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
-Throttle opening angle 4.14% or more
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0777,
P0778, P0791, P2707, P2709
DETECTION - Revolution ratio of the secondary gear and differential gear case is 1.11 or more when driving in 5GR.
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM .
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.


FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid F stuck on
Secondary control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-02A-87
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. _I
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7 .
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the secondary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the secondary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2708 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX .
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 5GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 f}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 5GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection .
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-88
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P2709 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000WA3

DTC P2709 Shift solenoid F malfunction (electrical)


If TCM detects either of the following conditions while driving in 5GR at D range, the TCM determines that
shift solenoid F circuit has a malfunction.
- Shift solenoid F voltage stuck at B+ after engine start
- Shift solenoid F voltage stuck at 0 V after engine start
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Shift solenoid F malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (secondary) terminal Band TCM terminai1J
Short to power supply in wiring harness between transaxle connector (secondary) terminal B and TCM
POSSIBLE terminai1J
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal A and transaxle connector (secondary) 1 1 '
CAUSE
terminal B
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (secondary) terminal Band TCM terminai 1J
Damaged connector between shift solenoid F and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM
ATX

SHIFT ~ 1'7\
S~
nt- \;///
SOLENOID F
.---------< B '''

I~

TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR
(SECONDARY) WIRING TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

m
SHIFT SOLENOID F
WIRING HARNESS-
SIDE CONNECTOR
~r-i=n~
1011Ml1Kj11 1Gj1E 1C,1A
1P j1N I 1L j1J 1H I1F 1D I1B

~~~I
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
., Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?

05-02A-89
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
to Step 11.
Disconnect the transaxle connector
(secondary).
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (secondary) terminal B (transaxle
case side) and body ground.
Is the resistance within 1 0.9-26.2 ohms?
(See 05-17A-31 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift solenoid F connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid F No Verify shift solenoid F installation.
terminal A (part-side) and body ground. If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
Is the resistance within 1 0.9-26.2 ohms? go to Step 11 .
(See 05-17A-31 Resistance Inspection (On- (See 05-17A-32 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE
BODY) [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal1 J
(wiring harness-side) and transaxle connector
(secondary) terminal B (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(secondary) terminal B (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal 1J
(wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2709 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 5GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See O!Hl2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-02A-90
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000WA4
1. Connect the WDS or equivalent to the DLC-2.
-2. Measure the PID value.
Note
Perform part inspection for the output device after TCM inspection.
The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors the calculated value of the input/output signals in the TCM.
Therefore, if a monitored value of an output device is out of specification, it is necessary to inspect the
monitored value of the input device related to the output device control. Since an output device
malfunction is not directly indicated as a malfunction of the monitored value for the output device, it is
necessary to inspect the output device individually using methods such as the simulation function.

PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD function table


Monitor item Unit/ TCM
Condition/Specification Action
(Definition) Condition terminal
DTCCNT DTCs is detected: 1-255 Perform applicable DTC troubleshooting.
(Number of - N/A


DTC detected) No DTCs are detected: 0 (See 05-02A-8 DTC TABLE [FS5A-EL].)

DWNSW M range, downshift: On Inspect the selector lever component.


On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER 2F
(Down switch) Other: Off COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
Inspect the ECT sensor.
(See 01-40A-35 ENGINE COOLANT
ECTTCM oc OF TEMPERATURE(ECT)SENSOR
Indicates engine coolant temperature N/A
(ECT sensor) INSPECTION [L3].)
Inspect the PCM
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].)
1GR: 1 Inspect the following PIDs:
2GR: 2 SSA/SS1 , SSB/SS2, SSC/SS3,
GEAR_SEL 1/2/3/4/5 3GR: 3 SSD/SS4, SSD_SS5, SSF_SS6 N/A
4GR: 4
5GR: 5
Indicates number of high oil temperature
mode (ATF temperature at 130 oc {266
,"M_CNT - F} or more) operations
N/A N/A
Q-255
Indicates travel distance after operation
of high oil temperature mode (ATF
HTM_DIS km N/A N/A
temperature at 130 oc {266 F} or more)
Q-2550 km
Indicates secondary gear revolution Inspect the intermediate sensor.
speed (See 05-17A-231NTERMEDIATE
ISS
Vehicle speed 0 kmlh {0 mph}: 0 SENSOR INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
(Intermediate RPM 2L
RPM
shaft speed)
Vehicle speed 25 km/h {16 mph}:
20Q-230 RPM
Inspect the following PIDs:
LINEDES kPa inHg Indicates target line pressure N/A
ISS, OSS, TFT, TFTV, THOP, TR , TSS
LPS Inspect the pressure control solenoid A.
(Pressure Change current value according to (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
A 1E, 1G
control throttle opening angle INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
solenoid A) VALVE BODY) [FS5A-EL].)
LPS B Inspect the pressure control solenoid B.
(Pressure 4GR~ 5GR: 99% (See 05-17A-31 SOLENOID VALVE
% 10
control others: 0% INSPECTION (SECONDARY CONTROL
solenoid B) VALVE BODY) [FS5A-EL].)
MNLSW Inspect the selector lever component.
M range: On
(M range On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER 2B
Other: Off
switch) COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
OP_SW_B Inspect the oil pressure switch.
(Oil pressure On/Off 1GR, 2GR or 3GR: On
(See 05-17A-21 OIL PRESSURE 2J
Other: Off
itch) SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Indicates output shaft speed Inspect the VSS.
oss Vehicle speed 0 km/h {0 mph}: 0 (See 05-17A-25 VEHICLE SPEED
(Output shaft RPM RPM SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION [FS5A- 2P
speed) Vehicle speed 25 km/h {16 mph}: EL].)
20Q-230 RPM

05-02A-91
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Monitor item Unit/ TCM
Condition/Specification Action
(Definition) Condition terminal
RPM_TCM
(Engine RPM
Ignition switch ON: 0 RPM
Inspect the TCM.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION N/A
-
Idle: 70Q-800 RPM
speed) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid A.
SSA/SS1 4GR: 99% (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
% 1A
(Shift solenoid A) others: 0% INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid B.
SSB/SS2
% 1GR at D range: 99% (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
1B
(Shift solenoid B) Others: 0% INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid C.
SSC/SS3
% 1GR/2GR: 99% (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
1C
(Shift solenoid C) Others: 0% INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid D.
P/N position, 4GR at D range, 1GR at
SSD/SS4 (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
On/Off M range: On 1F
(Shift solenoid D) INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
Others: Off
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid E.
SSE_SSS TCC operating: On (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
On/Off 1H
(Shift solenoid E) TCC non operating: Off INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid F.
SSF_SS6
On/Off 1GR/2GR/3GR/4GR: On (See 05-17A-31 SOLENOID VALVE
1J
(Shift solenoid F) SGR: Off INSPECTION (SECONDARY CONTROL
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
TFT Inspect the TFT sensor.
(Transaxle oc OF (See 05-17A-18 TRANSAXLE FLUID
Indicates transaxle fluid temperature 2M
fluid TEMPERATURE(TFT}SENSOR
temperature) INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
TFTV Inspect the TFT sensor.
ATF 20 oc {68 F}: Approx. 3.3 V
(Transaxle (See 05-17A-18 TRANSAXLE FLUID
v ATF 40 oc {104 F}: Approx. 2.4 V 2M
fluid signal TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
ATF 60 oc {140 F}: Approx. 1.5 V
voltage) INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
THOP Inspect the TP sensor.
(Throttle CTP: 12% (See 01-40A-30 THROTTLE POSITION
% N/A
position WOT: 75% (TP} SENSOR INSPECTION [L3].)
sensor)
P position: P Inspect the TR switch.
TR
R position: R (See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE
(Transaxle P/R/N/D 2H
N position: N (TR} SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
range)
D range: D
P position: 4.34-4.79 V Inspect the TR switch.
TR_SENS R position: 3.83-4.18 V (See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE
(TR switch}
v N position: 3.05-3.50 V (TR} SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
2H
D range: 2.23-2.66 V
Inspect the input/turbine speed sensor.
TSS Indicates Input/turbine speed
(See 05-17A-22 INPUT/TURBINE
(Input/turbine RPM Ignition switch ON: 0 RPM 21, 2K
SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION [FSSA-
speed} Idle: 70Q-800 RPM (P, N position)
EL].)
Inspect the selector lever component.
UPSW M range, upshift: On
On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER 2D
(Up switch} Other: Off
COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
VPWR_TCM Inspect the main relay.
(Battery v B+ (See 09-21-7 RELAY INSPECTION.) 1K
voltage)
Vehicle speed 20 km/h {12.5 mph}: Inspect the VSS.
vss 20KPH (See 05-17A-25 VEHICLE SPEED
(Vehicle KPH 2P :.
Vehicle speed 40 km/h {25 mph}: 40 SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION [FSSA-
speed)
KPH EL].) r

05-02A-92
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
05-028 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DTC P0819 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-44
ONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DTC P0882 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-47
.JIAGRAM [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-2 DTC P0883 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-50
FOREWORD [AW6A-EL] ............ 05-02B-3 DTC P0942 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-51
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON-BOARD DTC P0961 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-52
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION DTC P0962 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-53
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-02B-3 DTC P0963 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-55
DTC Reading Procedure ........... 05-02B-3 DTC P0973 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-57
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE DTC P0974 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-59
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-02B-4 DTC P0976 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-61
DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL] ............. 05-02B-5 DTC P0977 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-63
DTC P0601 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-8 DTC P0978 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-65
DTC P0603 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-9 DTC P0979 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-66
DTC P0604 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-10 DTC P0980 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-68
DTC P0706 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-11 DTC P0981 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-70
DTC P0707 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-12 DTC P0982 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-71 I I :
DTC P0708 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-13 DTC P0983 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-73
DTC P0711 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-14 DTC P0984 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-75
DTC P0712 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-16 DTC P0985 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-76
DTC P0713 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-18 DTC P0986 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-78
DTC P0717 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-20 DTC P0997 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-80
DTC P0722 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-22 DTC P0998 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-81
DTC P0729 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-24 DTC P0999 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-83
DTC P0730 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-26 DTC P1700 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-85
DTC P0731 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-28 DTC P2757 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-87
DTC P0732 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-30 DTC P2758 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-89
DTC P0733 [AW6A-EL]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-02B-32 DTC P2762 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-91
DTC P0734 [AW6A-EL]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-02B-34 DTC P2763 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-92
rlTC P0735 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-36 DTC P2764 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-94
c P0736 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-38 PID/DATA MONITOR
~ (C P0780 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-40 INSPECTION [A6WA-EL] ............ 05-02B-96
DTC P0817 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-41

05-028-1
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W01

TRSWITCH
(INTEGRATED IN TCM)

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

TCCCONTROL
SOLENOID
INPUT!TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR

LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID

TFT SENSOR

SHIFT SOLENOID F
UP SWITCH

DOWN SWITCH

M RANGE SWITCH
TCM SHIFT SOLENOID C

OTHER MODULE
CAN-H

CAN
CAN-L
SHIFT SOLENOID D

OTHER MODULE

SHIFT SOLENOID E

IG1

B+ STARTER RELAY

BACK-UP LIGHT RELAY

D6U517CS7004

05-028-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
FOREWORD [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W02
When the customer reports vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication, AT
warning indication, and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to following
flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
If a DTC does not exist and the MIL and AT warning lights do not illuminate, diagnose the applicable
symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL].)

CUSTOMER ARRIVES


WARNING LIGHT* NO WARNING LIGHT*
ON/FLASHING WITH SYMPTOM

CHECK FOR CHECK DTC


IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING
PRIORITIZED DTC
TEST
DTC
I

DIAGNOSE BY DTC
t WITHOUT DTC

(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC) DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM


DTCTABLE (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
DTC 1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING 2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
FLOW 3. SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING

I C6U0502W003

*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), AT warning light

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION [AW6A-EL]


E6U050200000W03
DTC Reading Procedure
1 . Perform necessary vehicle preparation and visual inspection.
2. Connect the WDS or equivalent to the vehicle ....---------------------,
DLC-2 16-pin connector located on the left side of
the center console.
3. Retrieve DTCs using the WDS or equivalent.

DLC-2

A6E3970W002

05-028-3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W04

Caution
After repairing a malfunction, perform this procedure to verify that the malfunction has been
corrected.
When this procedure is carried out, be sure to drive the vehicle at lawful speed and pay attention
to the other vehicles.

1. Connect the WDS or equivalent to the DLC-2.


2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (engine
off).
3. Select the clear code function and clear the DTC.
4. Perform the following trouble code inspections to
ensure that the DTC has been resolved :
ForP0601, P0603, P0604, P0780, P0817, DLC-2
P0882,P0883, P0942, P0961, P0962,
P0963,P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977,
P0978,P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982,
P0983,P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997,
P0998,P0999, P1700, P2762, P2763, P2764
A6E3970W002
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
iv. Go to Step 5.
ForP0706,P0707,P0708
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Depress the brake pedal, and shift the selector lever from P to D for 5 s or more.
iv. Gradually slow down and stop the vehicle.
v. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
vi. Go to Step 5.
For P0711
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range for 15 min or more.
iv. Gradually slow down and stop the vehicle.
v. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
vi. Go to Step 5
For P0712, P0713
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range for 150 s or more.
iv. Gradually slow down and stop the vehicle.
v. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
vi. Go to Step 5.
For P0717, P0722
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle, two separate times, in D range at 20 km/h {12 mph} or more for 150 s or more.
iv. Gradually slow down and stop the vehicle.
v. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
vi. Go to Step 5.
ForP0731,P0732
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii . Drive the vehicle in D range, at 10 km/h {6 mph} or more for 2 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 5.
For P0733
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at 20 km/h {12 mph} or more for 2 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 5.

05-028-4
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
ForP0729,P0734,P0735
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at 40 km/h {25 mph} or more for 2 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 5.
For P0736
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in R range.
iv. Go to Step 5.
For P0819
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in M range, and shift the selector lever (operate up and down switches) between 1GR
to 6GR for 10 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 5.
For P2757
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR and TCC is
operated.
iv. Go to Step 5.
ForP2758
i. Start the engine.

ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR and TCC is
no operated.
iv. Go to Step 5.
5. Gradually slow down and stop the vehicle.
6. Make sure that no DTCs occur.

""'"C TABLE [AWGA-EL]


E6U050200000W05

X: Available
AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-028-8
P0601 Flash ROM malfunction X X 1 CCM X DTC P0601
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-9
P0603 EEPROM malfunction X X 1 - X DTC P0603
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0604 RAM malfunction X X 1 CCM X 10 DTC P0604
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit range/
P0706 X X 1 Other X 11 DTC P0706
performance
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0707 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit low input X X 1 CCM X 12 DTC P0707
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0708 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit high input X X 1 CCM X 13 DTC P0708
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor
P0711 X X 1 CCM X 14 DTC P0711
malfunction (stuck)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
1
0712 X X 1 CCM X 16 DTC P0712
malfunction (short to ground)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q2B-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0713 X X 1 CCM X 18 DTC P0713
malfunction (short to power/open circuit) [AW6A-EL])

05-028-5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-Q28
lnpuVturbine speed sensor circuit malfunction
P0717 X X 1 CCM X 20 DTC P071 ,
(open circuiVshort circuit)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction
P0722
(open circuiVshort circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 22 DTC P0722
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q28-
P0729 Gear 6 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 24 DTC P0729
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Gear 1 and engine brake operation incorrect
P0730
(incorrect gear ratio detected)
- X 1 CCM X 26 DTC P0730
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q28-
P0731 Gear 1 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 28 DTC P0731
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0732 Gear 2 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 30 DTC P0732
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q28-
P0733 Gear 3 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 32 DTC P0733
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0734 Gear 4 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 34 DTC P0734
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0735 Gear 5 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 36 DTC P0735
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Gear reverse incorrect (incorrect gear ratio
P0736
detected)
- X 1 - X 38 DTC P073f
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction (valve
P0780
stuck)
- X 1 CCM X 41 DTC P0817
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Stater relay No.2 circuit malfunction (open
P0817
circuiVshort circuit)
- X 1 - X 41 DTC P0817
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q28-
Manual switch/up switch/down switch circuit
P0819
malfunction (open circuiVshort circuit)
- X 1 - X 44 DTC P0819
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0882 TCM 8+ low - - 1 CCM X 47 DTC P0882
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0883 TCM 8+ high - - 1 CCM X 50 DTC P0883
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q28-
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at D
P0942
range (valve stuck)
X X 1 CCM X 51 DTC P0942
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Line pressure control solenoid range/
P0961
performance (stuck)
X X 1 CCM X 52 DTC P0961
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Line pressure control solenoid circuit
P0962
malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 53 DTC P0962
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Line pressure control solenoid circuit
P0963
malfunction (short to power)
X X 1 CCM X 55 DTC P0963
[AW6A-EL]) I
(See 05-028~
Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to
P0973 X X 1 CCM X 57 DTC P0973
ground)
[AW6A-EL]) I

05-028-6
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to
0974
power/open circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 59 DTC P0974
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid 8 circuit malfunction (short to
P0976
ground)
- X 1 - X 61 DTC P0976
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid 8 circuit malfunction (short to
P0977
power/open circuit)
- X 1 - X 63 DTC P0977
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0978 Shift solenoid C range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X 65 DTC P0978
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to
P0979 X X 1 CCM X 66 DTC P0979


ground/open circuit)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to
P0980
power)
X X 1 CCM X 68 DTC P0980
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0981 Shift solenoid D range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X 70 DTC P0981
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to
P0982
ground/open circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 71 DTC P0982
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to
P0983 X X 1 CCM X 73 DTC P0983
power)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
0 0984 Shift solenoid E range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X 75 DTC P0984
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to
P0985
ground/open circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 76 DTC P0985
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to
P0986
power)
X X 1 CCM X 78 DTC P0986
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0997 Shift solenoid F range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X 80 DTC P0997
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to
P0998
ground/open circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 81 DTC P0998
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to
P0999
power)
X X 1 CCM X 83 DTC P0999
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at R
P1700
range (valve stuck)
- X 1 - X 85 DTC P1700
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P2757 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck off X X 1 CCM X 87 DTC P2757
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P2758 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck on X X 1 CCM X 89 DTC P2758
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P2762 TCC control solenoid range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X 91 DTC P2762
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to
r P2763 power)
X X 1 CCM X 92 DTC P2763
[AW6A-EL])

05-028-7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-028
TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to
P2764 X X 1 CCM 94 DTC P276
X
ground/open circuit)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0073 CAN BUS OFF
SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
(See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0100 TCM cannot receive any signals from PCM
SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
TCM cannot receive any signals from ABS HU/ (See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0121
CM SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
TCM cannot receive any signals from instrument (See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0140
cluster SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
Invalid data received from ABS HU/CM (wheel (See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0415
speed) SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])

MIL: Malfunction Indicator Lamp


DC: Drive Cycle
CCM: Comprehensive Component Monitor
- : N/A

DTC P0601 [AW6A-EL]


E6U050200000W06

DTC P0601 Flash ROM malfunction


Flash ROM (in TCM) internal circuit malfunction is detected .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE
TCM malfunction
CAUSE

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0601 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].) I
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed. '
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? I
05-028-8
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0603 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W07

DTC P0603 EEPROM malfunction


Different numeric values for EEPRROM and RAM (in TCM) are detected .
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE
TCM malfunction
CAUSE

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,

2
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been
recorded?
VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION
AVAILABILITY
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
Yes

No
then go to the next step.

Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available


repair information.
If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-

EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0603 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0604 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W08

DTC P0604 RAM malfunction


RAM (in TCM) read/write error is detected .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE
TCM malfunction
CAUSE

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0604 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05--Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-10
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0706 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W09

DTC P0706 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit range/performance


TCM detects stuck TR switch when ignition switch is at ON position .
Diagnostic support note:
This is continuous monitor (CCM) .
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle .
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available .
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates .
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE TR switch malfunction
CAUSE TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.


RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0706 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in each range (P-D).
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0707 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W10

DTC P0707 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit low input


TR switch position voltage input to TCM is less than 0.127 V when ignition switch is at ON position .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle .
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE TR switch malfunction
CAUSE TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0707 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in each range (P-D) .
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-12
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0708 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W11

DTC P0708 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit high input


TR switch position voltage input to TCM is 4.84 V or more when ignition switch is at ON position .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle .
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE TR switch malfunction
CAUSE TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.


RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0708 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in each range (P-D).
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-13
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0711 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W12

DTC P0711 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor malfunction (stuck)


Change in ATF temperature cannot be detected for 15 min or more when driving in D range.
--
Diagnostic support note:
This is continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TFT sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE
Damaged connector TCM
CAUSE
TCM malfunction

TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

COUPLE COMPONENT
@
~ 8 (+)
LJI I I I I~
; - f- [><
~ 87 88
TFT
SENSOR -:: ~ @
'--- f- @ ~II I II~
//
"" ~7
(-)

~~~I

05-028-14
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1_ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 5.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM.
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU


INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TFT SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple (See 05-17B-15 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
component terminals B8 and 87 (wiring (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
harness-side).
Is resistance as shown below?
- ATF temperature 1ooc {50F}: 5.62-7.31
kilohms
- ATF temperature 25C {77F}: 3.5 kilohms
- ATF temperature 11 ooc {230F}: 0.22-
0.27 kilohms
(See 05-178-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0711 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-15
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0712 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W13

DTC P0712 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to ground)
-
If the TCM detects the following condition for 10 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT sensor circt
has a malfunction.
- ATF temperature 200 oc {392 F} or more
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TFT sensor malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 88
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 87
CAUSE
Damaged connector TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

COUPLE COMPONENT
@
~a (+)
LJI I I I I~
r- - X
TFT
SENSOR ..-:! r @ X B7 B8

'--- - @ ~II I I 1[7:


// B7 (-)
""
~~~I
I

05-028-16
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1_ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Pertorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 5.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)

4
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TFT SENSOR
CIRCUIT
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B8 and B7 (wiring
Yes
No
Go to the next step.
Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-15 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
(TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)

harness-side).
Is resistance as shown below?
- ATF temperature 10C {50F}: 5.62-7.31
kilohms
- ATF temperature 25C {77F}: 3.5 kilohms
- ATF temperature 11 ooc {230F}: 0.22-
0.27 kilohms
(See 05-17B-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0712 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-17
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0713 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W14

DTC P0713 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)
If the TCM detects the following condition for 1 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT sensor cirw'
has a malfunction.
- Engine warmed-up
- ATF temperature less than -43 oc {-45.4 F}
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION This is continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TFT sensor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 88
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 87
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Short to power in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 88
Short to power in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 87
Damaged connector TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

COUPLE COMPONENT
@
//t.=a (+)
'I;
LJI I I I I~
;-- - [X
TFT
SENSOR ~
~ @ X 87 88

'-- - @ ~I II II~
//
"" ~7
(-)

~~~I

05-028-18
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L .1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
' RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 5.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU


INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TFT SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple (See 05-17B-15 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
component terminals BB and B7 (wiring (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
harness-side).
Is resistance as shown below?
- ATF temperature 10C {50F}: 5.62-7.31
kilohms
- ATF temperature 25C {77F}: 3.5 kilohms
- ATF temperature 11 ooc {230F}: 0.22-
0.27 kilohms
(See 05-17B-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .)
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0713 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-19
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0717 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W15

DTC P0717 Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
When all conditions below are satisfied.
- D range of TR switch input
- Driving vehicle at vehicle speed of 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
-Vehicle speed signal 24 pulse input
- Input/turbine speed sensor signal not input
Normal turbine speed signal is not input.
DETECTION
Diagnostic support note:
CONDITION
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
Open circuit between input/turbine speed sensor terminal 8 and TCM terminal 812
Open circuit between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal 813
Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal 8 and TCM terminal 812
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal 813
CAUSE
Short to power in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal 8 and TCM terminal 812
Short to power in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal 813
Damaged connector between input/turbine speed sensor and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT

INPUT!TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR

A
@
:::....__ _ _~~::~13
=6-(])
.___ _ _ _@ (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


INPUT!TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

LJI I I I ID
!X
812813

X
0JI I 11 JV:

05-028-20
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU


INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT CONTINUITY OF INPUT/TURBINE Yes Go to go to Step 8.
SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the couple
component terminals B12 and B13 (wiring
harness-side).
Is there continuity?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL INPUT/TURBINE SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the input/turbine speed sensor
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals (wiring harness-side) and
input/turbine speed sensor terminals (wiring
wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B12 and terminal 8
-Terminal B13 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO CIRCUIT next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the input/turbine speed sensor, then go to the next
component terminals (wiring harness-side). step.
-Terminal B12 and all terminals except 812/ (See 05-17B-181NPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
B13 (wiring harness-side). REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
-Terminal B13 and all terminals except 812/
B13 (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0717 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-21
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0722 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W16

DTC P0722 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
When all conditions below are satisfied.
- D range of TR switch input
- Driving vehicle at vehicle speed of 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
- Turbine speed signal 16 pulse input
- VSS signal not input
Normal vehicle speed signal is not input for 0.1 s or more.
DETECTION
Diagnostic support note:
CONDITION
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
VSS malfunction
Open circuit between VSS terminal 8 and TCM terminal 819
Open circuit between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal 820
Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal 8 and TCM terminal 819
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal 820
CAUSE
Short to power in wiring harness between VSS terminal 8 and TCM terminal 819
Short to power in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal 820
Damaged connector between VSS and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
@
CD //
,,~1 (+)

B

vss
A
@
CD _//t:20 (-)
''''<:

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

VSS WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

~IIIII~

05-028-22
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)

4
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
INSPECT CONTINUITY OF VSS CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between the couple
component terminals B19 and 820 (wiring
harness-side).
Yes
No
Go to go to Step 8.
Go to the next step .

Is there continuity?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL VSS FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the VSS connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals (wiring harness-side) and
VSS terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B 19 and terminal B
-Terminal 820 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO CIRCUIT next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Inspect the coupler component.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). If the coupler component is normal, replace the
-Terminal 819 and all terminals except 819/ automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
820 (wiring harness-side). (See 05-178-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
-Terminal 820 and all terminals except 819/ REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
820 (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0722 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028--4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-23
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0729 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W17

DTC P0729 Gear 6 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 6GR in D range
- Engine running
- Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
- None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711 , P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961, P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid C stuck
Shift solenoid E stuck
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE 81 brake slipping
C2 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction

05-028-24
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?


4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID {ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0729 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature {TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 6GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PI D):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-25
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0730 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W18

DTC P0730Gear 1 and engine brake operation incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)
Engine braking is detected to be not operating when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 oF} or more
- Driving in 1GR in M range
- Engine running
- Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
- None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711 , P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961 , P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981 , P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid A stuck
Shift solenoid B stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE Line pressure low
B2 brake slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction

05-028-26
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-178-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .)
Is it normal?


4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECT VSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0730 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the M range, 1GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-27
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0731 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W19

DTC P0731 Gear 1 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


-
Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 1GR in D range
- Engine running
- Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
- None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961, P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982, P0983 ,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid D stuck
Shift solenoid E stuck
Shift solenoid F stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE Line pressure low
C1 clutch slipping
One-way clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction

05-028-28
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?


4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B- 19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0731 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc{68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 1GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-29
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0732 [AW6A-EL]
E6U05020000 0W20

DTC P0732Gear 2 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Driving in 2GR in D range
- Engine running
- Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
-None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961 , P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid D stuck
Shift solenoid E stuck
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE C1 clutch slipping
B1 brake slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction

05-028-30
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
l 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?


4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL).)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0732 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 2GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL).)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-31
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0733 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W21

DTC P0733 Gear 3 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving: -
Monitoring condition:
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 3GR in D range
- Engine running
- Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
-None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961 , P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid D stuck
Shift solenoid F stuck
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE C1 clutch slipping
C3 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction

05-028-32
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?


4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0733 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 ac
{68 F}
or more
-D rive in the D range, 3GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL] .)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-33
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0734 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W22

DTC P0734 Gear 4 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


-
Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- ATF temperature 20 ac
{68 F} or more
- Driving in 4GR in D range
- Engine running
-Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
-None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961, P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981 , P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid E stuck
Shift solenoid F stuck
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE C1 clutch slipping
C2 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction

05-028-34
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF} INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?


4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF} INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVA.U
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0734 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL).)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc
{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 4GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PI D):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Periorm the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-35
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0735 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W23

DTC P0735 Gear 5 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Driving in 5GR in D range
- Engine running
- Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
-None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961, P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid C stuck
Shift solenoid F stuck
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE C2 clutch slipping
C3 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction

05-028-36
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?


4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0735 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc
{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 5GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PI D):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-37
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0736 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W24

DTC P0736 Gear reverse incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)


Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in R position
- Engine running
- Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
-None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION
P0961 , P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982, P0983,
CONDITION
P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid C stuck
Shift solenoid D stuck
Shift solenoid E stuck
Shift solenoid F stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE Line pressure low
C3 clutch slipping
82 brake slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction

05-028-38
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?


4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0736 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 ac{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the R position
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-39
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0780 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W25

DTC P0780 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction (valve stuck)


Irregular shift control detected when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- ATF temperature 65 oc{149 F} or more
- Engine running
- Driving in D range
-Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed 300 rpm or more (VSS)
- None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961, P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981 , P0982, P0983 ,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Shift solenoid C stuck
Shift solenoid D stuck
Shift solenoid E stuck
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid F stuck
CAUSE
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available I
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .) INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0780 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
5 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-40
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0817 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W26

DTC P0817 Stater relay No.2 circuit malfunction (open circuiUshort circuit)
Any of the following conditions are met when ignition switch is at ON position:
- 0 V detected at TCM terminal A5 when in D range or R position
- 12 V detected at TCM terminal A5 when in P or N position
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
Short to ground in wiring harness between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
POSSIBLE Short to power in wiring harness between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
CAUSE Starter relay No.2 malfunction
Damaged connector between starter relay No.2 and TCM


TCM malfunction

STARTER RELAY IG1


TCM

STARTER
RELAY N0.2

SHORT CORD

(j})J@ @@ CD
~--------------~cr---------~~5

PCM

STARTER RELAY N0.2 CONNECTOR TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE (WIRING HARNESS-SIDE) (TCM SIDE)

n 15<1 n

05-028-41
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. -'-
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY N0.2 Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Shift the selector lever to P or N position .
Inspect for voltage TCM short cord connector
terminal C (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
4 INSPECT TERMINAL TCM SHORT CORD Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 18.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Disconnect the TCM short cord connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
5 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 18.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to Step 18.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 18.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminal C and TCM terminal A5
(wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY N0.2 Yes Go to go to Step 18.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Shift the selector lever to D range or R position .
Inspect for voltage TCM short cord connector
terminal C (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
8 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY N0.2 Yes Go to the next step.
TERMINAL E No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 18.
Inspect for voltage starter relay No.2 terminal E
(wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
9 INSPECT STARTER RELAY N0.2 FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 18.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Disconnect the starter relay No.2 connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
10 INSPECT STARTER RELAY N0.2 Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the starter relay No.2. No Replace the starter relay No.2, then go to Step 18.
(See 09-21-7 RELAY INSPECTION)
Is the relay normal?

05-028-42
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
11 INSPECT TERMINAL TCM SHORT CORD Yes Go to the next step.
- CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 18.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the TCM short cord connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
12 INSPECT STARTER RELAY N0.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 18.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminal C and starter relay No.2
terminal A (wiring harness-side}.
Is there continuity?
13 INSPECT STARTER RELAY N0.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 18.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between starter relay

14
No.2 terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is there continuity?
INSPECT STARTER RELAY N0.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes
SHORT TO POWER
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
No
Go to the next step.
Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 18.

Inspect the voltage at starter relay No.2
terminal A (wiring harness-side}.
Is the voltage 0 V?
15 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 18.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
16 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 18.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminal C (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is there continuity?
17 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
SHORT TO POWER No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position step.
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at TCM short cord
connector terminal C (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
18 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0817 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range .
Is same DTC present?
19 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-43
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0819 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W27

DTC P0819 Manual switch/up switch/down switch circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
Any of the following conditions are detected for 10 s or more when engine is running:
-5 V detected at TCM terminals A? when in any position except DorM range.
-0 V detected at TCM terminal A7 when 5 V are input to TCM terminal A3 or A4.
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
M range switch malfunction
Up switch malfunction
Down switch malfunction.
Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal A and TCM terminal A3
Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal B and TCM terminal A4
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal C and TCM terminal A7
CAUSE Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal D and ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal A and TCM terminal A3
Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal B and TCM terminal A4
Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal C and TCM terminal A?
Damaged connector between selector lever component and TCM
TCM malfunction

@) TCM
SELECTOR LEVER
COMPONENT
SHORT CORD

@ @
l*------~~ Dl-------~~A

SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR (WIRING HARNESS-SIDE) (TCM SIDE)

_0_ rx1 n

G D
K

05-028-44
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
[ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF M RANGE SWITCH, UP Yes Go to go to Step 13.
SWITCH, AND DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(engine off)
Shift the selector lever to any except M range.
Inspect for voltage between TCM short cord

4
connector terminals (wiring harness-side}
-Terminal G and ground (M range switch}
-Terminal D and ground (up switch}
-Terminal K and ground (down switch}
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT TERMINAL TCM SHORT CORD
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION
Yes
No
Go to the next step.
Replace the couple component, then go to Step 13.

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the TCM short cord connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
5 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals and TCM terminals (wiring
harness-side}.
-Terminal G and terminal A? (M range
switch}
-Terminal D and terminal A3 (up switch}
-Terminal K and terminal A4 (down switch)
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to the next step.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
-Terminal G and body ground (M range
switch)
-Terminal D and body ground (up switch}
-Terminal K and body ground (down switch)
Is there continuity?
8 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the selector lever component
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?

05-028-45
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
9 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO No Go to the next step.
GROUND
Inspect for continuity between selector lever
component terminals (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
-Terminal C and body ground (M range
switch)
-Terminal A and body ground (up switch)
-Terminal Band body ground (down switch)
Is there continuity?
10 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Go to the next step.
DOWN SWITCH No Replace the selector lever, then go to Step 13.
Inspect theM range switch, up switch, and (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
down switch. REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER
INSPECTION)
Are the switches normal?
11 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Go to the next step.
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
Inspect for continuity between selector lever
component terminal D (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
Is there continuity?
12 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Go to the next step.
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals and selector lever
component terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal G and terminal C (M range switch)
-Terminal D and terminal A (up switch)
-Terminal K and terminal B (down switch)
Is there continuity?
13 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0819 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in M range, and change gears
by shifting the selector lever (operating the up
and down switches).
Is same DTC present?
14 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-46
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0882 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W28

DTC P0882TCM B+ low


Voltage of less than 9 V detected at TCM terminals A 1 and A 11 when engine is running.
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light not illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Melted METER IG 15 A fuse
Melted TCM 10 A fuse
Open circuit in wiring harness between TCM 10 A fuse and TCM terminal A 1
Open circuit in wiring harness between METER IG 15 A fuse and TCM terminal A 11
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between TCM terminal A9 and body ground
CAUSE
Short to ground in wiring harness between TCM 10 A fuse and TCM terminal A 1


Short to ground in wiring harness between ROOM 15 A fuse and TCM terminal A 11
Poor connection of TCM connector
TCM malfunction

B+ IG1
......... .........
TCM
TCM 10 A ~ ~METER IG 15 A
FUSE <;FUSE
@ @ 0 @@ @)
//, B ,,,,
//,;1

@@
0 // A
@@) //1/..1

@ @
,,, J A9
SHORT CORD

TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR


TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR
(TCM SIDE)
(WIRING HARNESS-SIDE)
n
n 1'5<1 n
J A

05-028-47
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. j_
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If fuse has been melted, go to the next step.
Inspect METER IG 15 A fuse and TCM 10 A If fuse is not installed correctly, install it correctly, then
fuse for malfunction. go to Step 13.
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect for voltage TCM short cord connector
terminal A and B (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCM SHORT CORD Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 13.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the TCM short cord connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness and install new fuse,
SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the positive battery cable. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the fuse
terminals and body ground.
- ROOM 15 A fuse terminal and body ground
- TCM 10 A fuse terminal and body ground
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to Step 11 .
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals and fuse terminals (wiring
harness-side).
-Terminal A and TCM 10 A fuse
-Terminal B and METER IG 15 A fuse
Is there continuity?
8 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
9 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals and TCM terminals (wiring
harness-side).
-Terminal A and terminal A 1
-Terminal B and terminal A 11
Is there continuity?

05-028-48
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
10 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
-Terminal A and body ground
-Terminal 8 and body ground
Is there continuity?
11 INSPECT GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminal J (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is there continuity?
12 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT


No Repair or replace the harness, then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminal J and TCM terminal A9
(wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity?
13 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0882 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine and warm it up completely.
Is same DTC present?
14 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028--4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-49
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0883 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W29

DTC P0883 TCM B+ high


Voltage of 18 V or more detected at TCM terminals A 1 and A 11 when engine is running .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light not illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE Generator malfunction
CAUSE TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 VERIFY DTC Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, (See 01-02C-13 DTC TABLE [AJ].)
then to the ON position. No Go to the next step.
Verify the DTC in the PCM memory.
Are DTC P2504 output?
4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0883 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine and warm it up completely.
Is same DTC present?
5 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL] .)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed .
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-50
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0942 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W30

DTC P0942 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at D range (valve stuck)
Difference of less than 150 rpm between engine and turbine speeds detected when following conditions
are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- Engine running
- Driving in D range
-Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed 500 rpm or more (VSS)
-None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722 ,
DETECTION P0961 , P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981 , P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Shift solenoid A stuck
Shift solenoid B stuck
Shift solenoid C stuck
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
C1 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 6.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 6.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go the Step 6.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .)
Is it normal?
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0942 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-51
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0961 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W31

DTC P0961 Line pressure control solenoid range/performance (stuck)


Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Line pressure control solenoid stuck
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 6 .
-Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17B-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
specifications? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0961 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-52
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0962 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W32

DTC P0962 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
Open or short circuit in line pressure control solenoid signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input
to the TCM is continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit between line pressure control solenoid terminal 8 and TCM terminal 83
Open circuit between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal 81
Short to ground in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal 8 and TCM terminal 83
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal 81
CAUSE
Line pressure control solenoid malfunction


Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT

CV CID
83 (+)

LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID

CV CID
81 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-53
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. 1
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B3 and B1 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL SOLENOID FOR POOR No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
CONNECTION
Disconnect the line pressure control solenoid
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B3 and terminal B
-Terminal B1 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B3 and all terminals except B3/B1 INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
-Terminal B1 and all terminals except B3/B1
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0962 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
I
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-54
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0963 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W33

DTC P0963 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to power)
Short circuit in line pressure control solenoid signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the
TCM is continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Short to power in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B3
Short to power in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B 1
POSSIBLE
Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

COUPLE COMPONENT

@
.-----------=;__-----*IB3 (+)
TCM


LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID

@
'-----------~81 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-55
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN
RECORDED
Yes Go to the next step. -
No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B3 and B1 (wiring
harness-side}.
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL SOLENOID FOR POOR No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
CONNECTION
Disconnect the line pressure control solenoid
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side}. (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B3 and all terminals except B3/B1 INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
-Terminal B1 and all terminals except B3/B1
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0963 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-56
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0973 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W34

DTC P0973 Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to ground)


Short to ground in shift solenoid A signal system (The solenoid remains off continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid on command).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is continuous monitor (CCM) .
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal 85
POSSIBLE Shift solenoid A malfunction
CAUSE Damaged connector between shift solenoid A and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
@
,,,,
//85
@
SHIFT SOLENOID A
ft 1

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

SHIFT SOLENOID A WIRING


HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
LJI I I I I~
X
ss iX
~~I I I 1[7
~~~I

05-028-57
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. J
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B5 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
Is resistance within 11-15 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID A FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid A connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B5 and all terminals (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
except B5 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0973 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-58
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0974 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W35

DTC P0974 Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction {short to power/open circuit)


Open or short circuit in shift solenoid A signal system (The solenoid remains on continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid off command).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal 85
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal 85
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid A malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between shift solenoid A and TCM
TCM malfunction


TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT

@
SHIFT SOLENOID A

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

LJi II I~
SHIFT SOLENOID A WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR I
X

05-028-59
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. l
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B5 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
Is resistance within 11-15 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID A FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid A connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminal B5 (wiring harness-side)
and shift solenoid A terminal A wiring harness-
side).
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B5 and all terminals (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
except B5 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0974 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-60
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0976 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W36

DTC P0976 Shift solenoid 8 circuit malfunction (short to ground)


Short to ground in shift solenoid B signal system (The solenoid remains off continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid on command).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal A and TCM terminal 82
POSSIBLE Shift solenoid B malfunction
CAUSE Damaged connector between shift solenoid B and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

@
SHIFT SOLENOID B
COUPLE COMPONENT

@
r---------------------~----------------~82

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

SHIFT SOLENOID B WIRING


HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-61
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. J
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID B Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B2 (wiring harness-side}
and ground.
Is resistance within 11-15 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID B FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid B connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B2 and all terminals (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
except B2 (wiring harness-side}. INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0976 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-62
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0977 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W37

DTC P0977 Shift solenoid B circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)


Open or short circuit in shift solenoid 8 signal system (The solenoid remains on continuously for 100 ms or
more even if the TCM sends a solenoid off command).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid 8 terminal A and TCM terminal 82
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid 8 terminal A and TCM terminal 82
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid 8 malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between shift solenoid A and TCM
TCM malfunction


TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT

@
SHIFT SOLENOID B

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR

SHIFT SOLENOID B WIRING


HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
LJI I I I I~
X

05-028-63
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. -
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
- Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID B Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B2 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
Is resistance within 11-15 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID B FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid B connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminal B2 (wiring harness-side)
and shift solenoid A terminal A wiring harness-
side).
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B2 and all terminals (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
except B2 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0977 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? I

05-028-64
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0978 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W38

DTC P0978 Shift solenoid C range/performance (stuck)


Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates .
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid C stuck
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 6 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-178-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step .
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
specifications? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0978 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL] .)
I Are any DTCs present?

05-028-65
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0979 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W39

DTC P0979 Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)


Open or short circuit in shift solenoid C signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM ;- -
continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit between shift solenoid C terminal 8 and TCM terminal 811
Open circuit between shift solenoid C terminal A and TCM terminal 810
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal 8 and TCM terminal 811
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal A and TCM terminal 810
CAUSE
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
1-i\ @
.----------'~0---~H311 (+)

SHIFT SOLENOID C

@(j)
'------------~-f'l10 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID C WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-66
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)

4
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID C
CIRCUIT
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B 11 and B 10 (wiring
Yes
No
Go to go to Step 8.
Go to the next step.

harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID C FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid C connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
- Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B11 and terminal B
-Terminal B10 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B11 and all terminals except B11/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B10
-Terminal B10 and all terminals except B11/
B10
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0979 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
I Are any DTCs present?

05-028-67
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0980 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W40

DTC P0980 Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to power)


Short circuit in shift solenoid C signal system {The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously more than 1,333 rnA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal 8 and TCM terminal 811
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal A and TCM terminal 810
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid C malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
@
@
.------__;;.-----~11 (+)

SHIFT SOLENOID C

@ @
l......------=------~10 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID C WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-68
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU


INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B11 and B1 0 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID C FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid C connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect fo r continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B11 and all terminals except B11/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B10
-Terminal B10 and all terminals except B11/
B10
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0980 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-69
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0981 [AW6AEL]
E6U050200000W41

DTC P0981 Shift solenoid D range/performance (stuck)


Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid D stuck
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 6 .
-Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF\
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17B-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step .
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
specifications? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0981 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].) I
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-70
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0982 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W42

DTC P0982 Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)


Open or short circuit in shift solenoid D signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit between shift solenoid D terminal 8 and TCM terminal 817
Open circuit between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal 818
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal 8 and TCM terminal 817
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal 818
CAUSE
Shift solenoid D malfunction


Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT

CD
r------------(f{B1 (+)

SHIFT SOLENOID D

...._----------~18 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID D WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-71
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B17 and B18 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID D FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid D connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B 17 and terminal B
-Terminal B18 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B17 and all terminals except B17/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B18
-Terminal B18 and all terminals except B17/
B18
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0982 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? I
05-028-72
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0983 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W43

DTC P0983 Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to power)


Short circuit in shift solenoid D signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously more than 1,333 rnA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal 8 and TCM terminal 817
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal 818
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid D malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

COUPLE COMPONENT


,.-----......;:;;....__ _ _ _~1 (+)
TCM


SHIFT SOLENOID D


'--------------~18 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID D WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-73
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. _L
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B17 and B18 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID D FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid D connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B17 and all terminals except B17/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B18
-Terminal B18 and all terminals except B17/
B18
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0983 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05--Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-74
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0984 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W44

DTC P0984 Shift solenoid E range/performance (stuck)


Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid E stuck
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 6 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL] .)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-178-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-178-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection .)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step .
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.)
Are the line pressures within the
Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
(See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
specifications? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0984 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
I - Are any DTCs present?

05-028-75
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0985 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W45

DTC P0985 Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)


Open or short circuit in shift solenoid E signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM - -
continuously less than 23 rnA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit between shift solenoid E terminal 8 and TCM terminal 814
Open circuit between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal 822
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal 8 and TCM terminal 814
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal 822
CAUSE
Shift solenoid E malfunction
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT

@CD @
14 (+)

SHIFT SOLENOID E

@CD @
2 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID E WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-76
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
I_ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)

4
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID E
CIRCUIT
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B14 and B22 (wiring
Yes
No
Go to go to Step 8.
Go to the next step.

harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID E FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid E connector.
Inspect fo r poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B14 and terminal B
-Terminal B22 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B14 and all terminals except B14/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B22
-Terminal B22 and all terminals except B14/
B22
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0985 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present? ,_
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Periorm the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-77
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0986 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W46

DTC P0986 Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to power)


Short circuit in shift solenoid E signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal 8 and TCM terminal 814
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal 822
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid E malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
CID
.------....::@'------~14 (+)

SHIFT SOLENOID E

~....-
@ ____
_ _ _ _....;:_ ~"f32 ()

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID E WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-78
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Pertorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B14 and B22 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID E FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid E connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B14 and all terminals except B14/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B22
-Terminal B22 and all terminals except B14/
B22
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0986 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-79
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0997 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W47

DTC P0997 Shift solenoid F range/performance (stuck)


-
Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid F stuck
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 6 .
-Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF\
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17B-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
specifications? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0997 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].) I
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-80
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0998 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W48

DTC P0998 Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)


Open or short circuit in shift solenoid F signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously less than 23 rnA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit between shift solenoid F terminal 8 and TCM terminal 821
Open circuit between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal 816
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal 8 and TCM terminal 821
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal 816
CAUSE
Shift solenoid F malfunction


Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT

@(1)
.------.=...._-=------~21 (+)

SHIFT SOLENOID F

@(1)
. . . . _ - - - - - - - - - - ( E - 4 3 1 6 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID F WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-81
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. l.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B21 and B16 (wiring
harness-side}.
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID F FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid F connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B21 and terminal B
-Terminal B16 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B21 and all terminals except B21/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B16
-Terminal B16 and all terminals except B21/
B16
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0998 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. ,
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? I
05-028-82
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0999 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W49

DTC P0999 Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to power)


Short circuit in shift solenoid F signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the TCM is
continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal 8 and TCM terminal 821
Short to power in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal 816
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid F malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
@
r-------@
.;;....._----~:21
6
(+)

SHIFT SOLENOID F

@
L...__ _ _ ___;;__ _ _ _ _ (HJ16 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


SHIFT SOLENOID FWIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-83
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. _L
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Pertorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B21 and B16 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID F FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid F connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B21 and all terminals except B21/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B16
-Terminal B16 and all terminals except B21/
B16
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0999 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-84
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P1700 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W50

DTC P1700 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at R range (valve stuck)
When all of the following conditions are met while driving in R position and the counter drive gear (output}
speed is 500 rpm or less:
-The difference between the engine and turbine shaft speeds is less than 150 rpm
- The turbine shaft speed is more than the estimated turbine speed value, as derived from the counter
drive gear (output) speed, plus 200 rpm .
-None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711 , P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961 , P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Shift solenoid A stuck

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Shift solenoid B stuck
Shift solenoid E stuck
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
C3 clutch slipping
B2 brake slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-028-85
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. _L
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 6.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 6.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go the Step 6.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test. ) (See 05-17B- 30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION (AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) INSTALLATION (AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P1700 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-86
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P2757 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W51

DTC P2757Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck off


When all conditions below are satisfied .
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
-Driving in 4GR-6GR at D range
- Engine running
- Engine speed less than 400 rpm
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) operating
-Difference between engine speed and Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed (VSS) 100 rpm or
more
DETECTION -None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
CONDITION P0961, P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981 , P0982, P0983,
P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.


FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE TCC control solenoid, and line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE Line pressure low
Control valve stuck.
TCM malfunction

05-028-87
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. L
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 7 .
-Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17B-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection .)
(See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 7.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 6.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .) INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2757 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up engine and ATX .
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 2 s or more.
- ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 4GR-6GR (TCC
operation)
Are any DTCs present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-88
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P2758 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W52

DTC P2758 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck on


-
All of the following conditions are satisfied under each of the following accelerator conditions.
- ATF temperature 20 ac {68 F} or more
- Driving in D range
- Engine running
- Engine speed within 1 ,OOQ-3,000rpm
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) no operating
- Difference between engine speed and turbine revolution speed less than 30 rpm
-None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961, P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982,P0983,
CONDITION
P0984,P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminate if PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first the drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.


The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the PCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE TCC control solenoid, and line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE Line pressure low
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction

05-028-89
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. ]_
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 7 .
-Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17B-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 7.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 6.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .) INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2758 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up engine and ATX .
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 2 s or more.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Engine speed: less than 3,000 rpm
- Drive in the D range, 4GR-6GR (TCC no
operation)
Are any DTCs present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-90
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P2762 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W53

DTC P2762 TCC control solenoid range/performance (stuck)


Feedback current corresponding to solenoid current command value is irregular when engine is running .
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CONDITION A PENDING CODE is not available .
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates .
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE TCC control solenoid stuck
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction


Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 6 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-178-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
-
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-178-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-178-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-178-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-178-4 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
specifications? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2762 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
I Are any DTCs present?

05-028-91
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P2763 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W54

DTC P2763 TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to power)


Short circuit in TCC control solenoid signal system (while TCM monitors solenoid output voltage, the
voltage that differs from the signal output by CPU in TCM is detected).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Short to power in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal 8 and TCM terminal 89
Short to power in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal 84
POSSIBLE
TCC control solenoid malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT
@
.-------@
. ;6: ;....._----~89 (+)

TCCCONTROL
SOLENOID

@
....__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(f-{84 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


TCC CONTROL SOLENOID
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

05-028-92
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAL/


INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TCC CONTROL Yes Go to go to Step 7.
SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B9 and B4 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCC CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the TCC control solenoid
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side}. (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
-Terminal B21 and all terminals except B21/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B16
-Terminal B16 and all terminals except B21/
B16
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2763 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?

05-028-93
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P2764 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W55

DTC P2764 TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
Open or short circuit in TCC control solenoid signal system (while TCM monitors solenoid output voltage
the voltage that differs from the signal output by CPU in TCM is detected).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit between TCC control solenoid terminal 8 and TCM terminal 89
Open circuit between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal 84
Short to ground in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal 8 and TCM terminal 89
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal 84
CAUSE
TCC control solenoid malfunction
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction

TCM

COUPLE COMPONENT

@CV @
r---------------------~~~('89 (+)

B
TCC CONTROL @
SOLENOID

A @CV @
'----------------------*1/,,/,t:-~4 (-)

COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR


TCC CONTROL SOLENOID
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

~
LJI I I I I ~
~
[X 89

05-028-94
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
[ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)

4
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TCC CONTROL
SOLENOID CIRCUIT
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B9 and B4 (wiring
Yes
No
Go to go to Step 8.
Go to the next step.

harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCC CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the TCC control solenoid
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B9 and terminal B
-Terminal B4 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B9 and all terminals except B9/B4 INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
-Terminal B4 and all terminals except B9/B4
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2764 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
I Are any DTCs present?

05-028-95
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [AGWA-EL]
E6U050200000W56
1. Connect the WDS or equivalent to the DLC-2.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Measure the PID value.

Note
Perform part inspection for the output device
after TCM inspection. DLC-2
The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors
the calculated value of the input/output
signals in the TCM. Therefore, if a monitored
value of an output device is out of
specification, it is necessary to inspect the
A6E3970W002
monitored value of the input device related
to the output device control. Since an output
device malfunction is not directly indicated as a malfunction of the monitored value for the output device, it
is necessary to inspect the output device individually using the simulation function.

PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD function table


Monitor item Unit/ TCM
Condition/Specification Action
(Definition) Condition terminal
Inspect the brake switch.
BOOTCM Brake pedal depressed: On
(Brake switch)
On/Off (See 04-11-9 BRAKE SWITCH -
Other: Off
INSPECTION.)
Check DTC.
DTCCNT - Indicates number of DTC (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE -
[AW6A-EL].)
Inspect the selector lever component.
DWNSW Down shift at M range: On
On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER A4
(Down switch) Other: Off
COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
Inspect the TCM.
ECTTCM oc, Of
(ECT)
Indicates ECT (See 05-178-21 TCM INSPECTION -
[AW6A-EL].)
FDPDTC Inspect the TCM.
Indicates code of FREEZE FRAME
(FREEZE - DATA
(See 05-178-21 TCM INSPECTION -
FRAME DATA) [AW6A-EL].)
1GR: 4.148 Inspect following PIDs: THOP, TSS, VSS
2GR: 2.370
GEAR_RA 3GR: 1.555
(Gear ratio) - 4GR: 1.154
-
5GR: 0.859
6GR: 0.685
1GR: 1st Inspect following PIDs: THOP, TSS, VSS
GEAR_SEL 2GR: 2nd
(Calculated 1st/2nd/3rd/ 3GR: 3rd
-
gear range in 4th/5th/6th 4GR: 4th
TCM) 5GR: 5th
6GR: 6th
LPS Inspect the pressure control solenoid.
(Pressure (See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
A 1OQ-1 ,000 rnA B1, B3
control INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
solenoid)
MNLSW Inspect the selector lever component.
M range: On
(M range On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER A?
Other: Off
switch) COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
Inspect the VSS.
oss Ignition switch ON: 0 rpm (See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED
(Output shaft RPM B19,B20
speed) Indicates output shaft speed SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL].)
Inspect the TR switch.
PNP_TCM Drive/ P, N position: Neutral
(See 05-17B-21 TCM INSPECTION -
(Park/Neutral) Neutral D, M range or R position: Drive
[AW6A-EL].)
RPMTCM Inspect the TCM.
Ignition switch ON: 0 rpm
(Engine RPM (See 05-17B-21 TCM INSPECTION -
Idle: 700-800 rpm
speed) [AW6A-EL].)

05-028-96
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Monitor item Unit! TCM
Condition/Specification Action
(Definition) Condition terminal
- P, R, N position or D/M range (5GR, Inspect the shift solenoid C.
~c 6GR): solenoid on (See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE
A 810, 811
,nift solenoid C) Other: solenoid off INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
-10D-1,000 mA
P, R, N position or D/M range (1GR, Inspect the shift solenoid D.
SSD 2GR, 3GR): solenoid on (See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE
A 817,818
(Shift solenoid D) Other: solenoid off INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
-10D-1,000 mA
R position (more than 11 km/h {4 Inspect the shift solenoid E.
mph}) or D/M range (1GR, 2GR, (See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE
SSE
A 4GR, 6GR): solenoid on INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) 814,822
(Shift solenoid E)
Other: solenoid off
-10D-1,000 mA
P, R, N position or D/M range (1 GR, Inspect the shift solenoid F.
SSF 3GR, 4GR, 5GR): solenoid on (See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE


A 816, 821
(Shift solenoid F) Other: solenoid off INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
-10D-1,000 mA
TCCC TCC on: solenoid on Inspect the TCC control solenoid.
(TCC solenoid A Other: solenoid off (See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE 84,89
valve) - 20D-1 ,000 mA INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect the TFT sensor.
TFT
oc, Of (See 05-178-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF Indicates ATF temperature 87,88
TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
temperature)
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
ATF temperature 10 oc {50 F}: Inspect the TFT sensor.
TFTV 4.78-4.81 v (See 05-178-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF ATF temperature 25 oc {77 F}: TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
temperature
v 4.61-4.65 v INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
87,88
signal voltage) ATF temperature 110 oc {230 F}:
2.3o-2.45 v
Inspect the TP sensor.
iOP
CTP: 0% (See 01-40C-28 THROTTLE
\Throttle %
WOT: 100% POSITION (TP) SENSOR INSPECTION
-
position)
[AJ].)
R position: R Inspect the TR switch.
TR N position: N (See 05-178-21 TCM INSPECTION
R/N/D/P -
(TR switch) D range: D [AW6A-EL].)
P position: P
TRD Inspect the TR switch.
D range: On
(TR switch [D On/Off
Other ranges and all positions: Off
(See 05-178-21 TCM INSPECTION -
range]) [AW6A-EL].)
TRR Inspect the TR switch.
(TR switch [R On/Off R position: On
(See 05-178-21 TCM INSPECTION -
Other positions and all ranges: Off
position]) [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect the input/turbine speed sensor.
TSS
(Input/turbine RPM Ignition switch ON: 0 rpm (See 05-178-161NPUT/TUR81NE
-
speed sensor) Idle: 70D-800 rpm SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL].)
Inspect the selector lever component.
UPSW
On/Off Up shift at M range: On
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER A3
(Up switch) Other: Off
COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
Inspect the VSS.
vss (See 05-178-19 VEHICLE SPEED
(Vehicle KPH,MPH Indicates vehicle speed
SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-
-
speed)
EL].)

05-028-97
(
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]

05-03A SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]


"UTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL N0.16 JUDDER UPON TORQUE
YSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
LfS5A-EL] ....................... 05-03A-2 OPERATION [FS5A-EL] ............. 05-03A-22
FOREWORD [FS5A-EL] ............. 05-03A-3 N0.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL] ....... 05-03A-4 FROM N TO D OR N TO
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING R POSITION/RANGE [FS5A-EL] ...... 05-03A-24
ITEM TABLE [FS5A-EL] ............ 05-03A-5 N0.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS
QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART FELT WHEN UPSHIFTING AND
[FS5A-EL] ....................... 05-03A-7 DOWNSHIFTING [FS5A-EL] ......... 05-03A-26
N0.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN N0.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON
D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
[FS5A-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-03A-9 (TCC) [FS5A-EL] ................. 05-03A-28
N0.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION N0.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
[FS5A-EL] ....................... 05-03A-10 VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL
N0.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, POSITIONS/RANGES [FS5A-EL] ..... 05-03A-28 .
OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT N0.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
DISENGAGE WHEN P IS VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D RANGE,
DISENGAGED [FS5A-EL] ........... 05-03A-10 OR IN R POSITION [FS5A-EL] ....... 05-03A-29
N0.4 EXCESSIVE CREEP [FS5A-EL] .. 05-03A-10 N0.22 NO ENGINE BRAKING IN
N0.5 NO CREEP AT ALL [FS5A-EL] ... 05-03A-11 1GR POSITION OF M RANGE
N0.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND [FS5A-EL] ........................ 05-03A-29
POOR ACCELERATION [FS5A-EL] ... 05-03A-12 N0.23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
N0.7 NO SHIFTING [FS5A-EL] ....... 05-03A-14 [FS5A-EL] ........................ 05-03A-30
N0.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO N0.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN
FIFTH GEAR (5GR) [FS5A-EL] ...... 05-03A-15 SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR IN
N0.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING R POSITION [FS5A-EL] ............. 05-03A-31
[FS5A-EL] ....................... 05-03A-17 N0.25 ENGINE STALLS WHEN
N0.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING DRIVING AT SLOW SPEEDS OR
rFS5A-EL] ....................... 05-03A-18 STOPPING [FS5A-EL] .............. 05-03A-31
~ 11 SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR LOW N0.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK
. LfS5A-EL] ....................... 05-03A-18 [FS5A-EL] ........................ 05-03A-32
N0.12 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) N0.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
NON-OPERATION [FS5A-EL] ....... 05-03A-18 LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN
N0.13 NO KICKDOWN [FS5A-EL] ..... 05-03A-20 M RANGE [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-03A-32
N0.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR N0.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE OR
DOWNSHIFTING [FS5A-EL] ......... 05-03A-20 P, N, R POSITIONS [FS5A-EL] ....... 05-03A-32
N0.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR N0.29 DOES NOT SHIFT UP IN
SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING M RANGE [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-03A-33
VEHICLE[FS5A-EL] ............... 05-03A-22 N0.30 DOES NOT SHIFT DOWN IN
M RANGE [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-03A-33

05-G3A-1
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W36

TCM
,.---
B+ (

M RANGE SWITCH

SHIFT SOLENOID A

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

I ' - - - + - -.... PRESSURE CONTROL


SOLENOID B

PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID A

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
PCM
B+ 1-----JVVV'-----j ABS!fCS HU/CM

E6U503AW5003

05-03A-2
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
FOREWORD [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W37
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication, AT
- warning light flash , and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to following
flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 05-02A-8 DTC TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
If a DTC does not exist, the MIL does not illuminate and AT warning light illuminate, diagnose the applicable
symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03A-5 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [FSSA-EL].)

CUSTOMER ARRIVES

I
~


WARNING LIGHT* NO WARNING LIGHT*
ON/FLASHING WITH SYMPTOM

+
CHECK FOR
PRIORITIZED DTC
CHECKDTC
+
IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING
TEST

,, + DTC

+ WITHOUT DTC

DIAGNOSE BY DTC
(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC) DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
DTCTABLE (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
DTC 1 . DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING 2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
FLOW 3. SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING

I YMU1 02WBX

*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), AT warning light.

05-Q3A-3
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
BASIC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W38

STEP INSPECTION ACTION I


1 Perform mechanical system test. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17A-4 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST No Repair or replace any defective parts according to
[FS5A-EL].) inspection result.
Is mechanical system okay?
2 Turn IG SW to ON. Yes Go to the next step.
When selector lever is moved, does selector No Inspect selector lever and TR switch. Repair or replace
illumination indicate synchronized position to defective areas.
lever location? Also, when other ranges are (See 05-18--6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
selected from N or P during idling, does vehicle (See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
move within 1-2 seconds? INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
If selector lever and TR switch are okay, go to the next step.
3 Inspect ATF color and condition. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17A-1 0 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE No Repair or replace any defective parts according to
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].) inspection result.
Are ATF color and odor normal? Flush ATX and cooler line as necessary.
4 Perform line pressure test. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) No Adjust accelerator cable as necessary.
Is line pressure okay? Repair or replace any defective parts according to
inspection result.
5 Perform stall test. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) No Repair or replace any defective parts according to
Is stall speed okay? inspection result.
6 Inspect value at the following PCM and TCM Yes Perform symptom troubleshooting and follow procedures.
PIDs using WDS or equivalent. No Repair or replace any defective parts according to
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].) inspection result.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-
EL].)
PCM PIDs:
APP1
APP2
ECT
RPM
TP_REL
VPWR
TCM PIDs:
TFT
TFTV
TR
TR_SENS
MNLSW
DWNSW
UPSW
THOP
TSS
oss
VPWRTCM
Is PID value okay?

05-03A-4
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W39
Use the chart below to verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
- \\lo. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or Vehicle does not move when AP depressed. (See 05-Q3A-9 N0.1
in R position VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE
IN D RANGE, OR IN R
POSITION [FS5AEL].)
2 Vehicle moves in N position Vehicle creeps in N position. (See 05-03A-1 0 N0.2
Vehicle creeps if brake pedal is not VEHICLE MOVES IN N
depressed in N position. POSITION [FS5AEL].)
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking Vehicle rolls when on a downward slope and (See 05-03A-1 0 N0.3
gear does not disengage when P tires do not lock in P position. VEHICLE MOVES IN P
position is disengaged Tires locked when P position is disengaged, POSITION, OR PARKING
vehicle does not move in D range, and R GEAR DOES NOT
position when AP depressed, and engine DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
remains in stall condition. DISENGAGED [FS5A-EL].)


4 Excessive creep Vehicle accelerates in D range, and R (See 05-03A-1 0 N0.4
position without depressing accelerator EXCESSIVE CREEP [FS5A-
pedal. EL].)
5 No creep at all Vehicle does not move in D range, or R (See 05-03A-11 N0.5 NO
position when idling on flat, paved road. CREEP AT ALL [FS5AEL].)
6 Low maximum speed and poor Vehicle acceleration poor at start. (See 05-03A-12 N0.6 LOW
acceleration Delayed acceleration when accelerator MAXIMUM SPEED AND
pedal depressed while driving. POOR ACCELERATION
[FS5AEL].)
7 No shifting Single shift range only. (See 05-03A-14 N0.7 NO
Sometimes shifts correctly. SHIFTING [FS5A-EL].)
8 Does not shift to fifth gear (5GR) Vehicle does not upshift from 4GR to 5GR (See 05-03A-15 N0.8 DOES
even though vehicle speed is increased. NOT SHIFT TO FIFTH GEAR
Vehicle does not shift to 5GR even though (5GR) [FS5AEL].)
accelerator pedal is released in D range at
60 km/h {37 mph}.
9 Abnormal shifting Shifts incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern). (See 05-Q3A- 17 N0.9
ABNORMAL SHIFTING
[FS5A-EL].)
10 Frequent shifting Downshifting occurs immediately even when (See 05-03A-18 N0.1 0
accelerator pedal depressed slightly in D FREQUENT SHIFTING [FS5A-
range. EL].)
11 Shift point is high or low Shift point considerably different from (See 05-Q3A-18 N0.11
automatic shift diagram. SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR
Shift delays when accelerating. LOW [FS5A-EL].)
Shift occurs quickly when accelerating and
engine speed does not increase.
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non- TCC does not operate when vehicle reaches (See 05-03A-18 N0.12
operation TCC operation range. TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH (TCC)
NON-OPERATION [FS5A-EL].)
13 No kickdown Does not downshift when accelerator pedal (See 05-03A-20 N0.13 NO
fully depressed within kickdown range. KICKDOWN [FS5A-EL].)
14 Engine flares up or slips when When accelerator pedal is depressed, (See 05-03A-20 N0.14
upshifting or downshifting engine speed increases but vehicle speed ENGINE FLARES UP OR
increases slowly. SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING
When accelerator pedal is depressed while OR DOWNSHIFTING [FS5A
driving, engine speed increases but vehicle EL].)
speed does not.
15 Engine flares up or slips when Engine flares up when accelerator pedal is (See 05-03A-22 N0.15
accelerating vehicle depressed for upshifting. ENGINE FLARES UP OR
Engine flares up suddenly when accelerator SLIPS WHEN
pedal is depressed for downshifting. ACCELERATING VEHICLE
[FS5A-EL].)
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch Vehicle jolts when TCC is engaged. (See 05-03A-22 N0.16
(TCC) operation JUDDER UPON TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
OPERATION [FS5A-EL].)

05-03A-5
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N Strong shock is felt when shifting from N to (See 05-03A-24 N0.1?
to R position/range D or N to R position/range at idle. EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK -
FROM N TO D OR N TO R (
POSITION/RANGE [FS5A-
EL].)
18 Excessive shift shock is felt when Excessive shift shock is felt when (See 05-03A-26 N0.18
upshifting and downshifting depressing accelerator pedal to accelerate EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS
at upshifting. FELT WHEN UPSHIFTING
During cruising, excessive shift shock is felt AND DOWNSHIFTING [FS5A-
when depressing accelerator pedal at EL].)
downshifting.
19 Excessive shift shock on torque Strong shock is felt when TCC engaged. (See 05-03A-28 N0.19
converter clutch (TCC) EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
ON TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH (TCC) [FS5A-EL].)
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is Transaxle is noisy in all positions and ranges (See 05-03A-28 N0.20
stopped in all positions/ranges when vehicle idling. NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE
WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED
IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES
[FS5A-EL].)
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is Transaxle is noisy in driving ranges when (See 05-03A-29 N0.21
stopped in D range, or in R position vehicle idling. NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE
WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED
IN D RANGE, OR IN R
POSITION [FS5A-EL].)
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of Engine speed drops to idle but vehicle (See 05-Q3A-29 N0.22 NO
M range coasts when accelerator pedal is released ENGINE BRAKING IN 1GR
when in 1GR position of M range at low POSITION OF M RANGE
vehicle speed. [FS5A-EL].)
23 Transaxle overheats Burnt smell emitted from transaxle. (See 05-03A-30 N0.23
Smoke is emitted from transaxle. TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
[FS5A-EL].)
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, Engine stalls when shifting from N or P (See 05-Q3A-31 N0.24
or in R position position to D range or R position at idle. ENGINE STALLS WHEN
SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR
IN R POSITION [FS5A-EL].)
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow Engine stalls when brake pedal is (See 05-03A-31 N0.25
speeds or stopping depressed while driving at low speed or ENGINE STALLS WHEN
stopping. DRIVING AT SLOW SPEEDS
OR STOPPING [FS5A-EL].)
26 Starter does not work Starter does not work even when P or N (See 05-03A-32 N0.26
position is selected. STARTER DOES NOT WORK
[FS5A-EL].)
27 Gear position indicator light does not Gear position indicator light in dashboard (See 05-03A-32 N0.2?
illuminate in M range does not illuminate in M range and ignition GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
switch at ON. LIGHT DOES NOT
ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE
[FS5A-EL].)
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates Gear position indicator light in dashboard (See 05-03A-32 N0.28
in D range or P, N, R positions illuminates in D range or P, N, R positions GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
and ignition switch at ON . LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D
RANGE OR P, N, R
POSITIONS [FS5A-EL].)
29 Does not shift up in M range Gear position indicator light in dashboard (See 05-Q3A-33 N0.29
illuminates but vehicle does not upshift DOES NOT SHIFT UP IN M
when selector lever is pushed to "+"side. RANGE [FS5A-EL].)
30 Does not shift down in M range Gear position indicator light in dashboard (See 05-Q3A-33 N0.30
illuminates but vehicle does not downshift DOES NOT SHIFT DOWN IN
when selector lever is pushed to "-"side. M RANGE [FS5A-EL].)

05-03A-6
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W40

I_ X:Applied
Vehicle does not move in D ranqe, or in R position X X X
Vehicle moves in N position X
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not
disengage when P is disengaged X
4 Excessive creep X X X
5 No creep at all X XXX XXXXX
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration XX XXXXXXXX XX
7 No shifting X XXXXXXXX
8 Does not shift to fifth gear (5GR) X X XXXXXXXXXXXX
9 Abnormal shifting X X XXXXXXXXX XX
10 Frequent shifting X XXXXXXXX
11 Shift point is high or low xxxxxxxxx
1 ~ Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation xxxxxxxxxxxxx X
13 No kickdown X X X X
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or X X xxxxxxxx X X


downshifting
15 Engine flares up or slip when accelerating vehicle X X xxxxxxxx X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X xxxxxxxx
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R x X X
I position/range xxxxxxxx
1 ts Excessive shift shock is felt when upsh1tt1ng and
X XXxXXXX X
downshiftinq
19 Exces~jve ~~itt shock on torque converter X XX X X X X
clutch 1TCC1
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
I positions/ranges
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stoppea 1n u
ranqe or in R position
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X XX X X X X
23 Transaxle overheats X X
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X X X
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping X
- '"'6 Starter does not work X X
Gear position indicator light does not illuminate
X
in M ranqe
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates
in D range or P, N, R positions X
29 Does not shift up in M range X X X
30 Does not shift down in M range X X X
Symptom item Electrical system components
ATX outer parts

0
(/)
c:
Q)
(/) 0
(/)
"0 c:
Q)
Q) Q)
(/)
0.
(/) "0
Q)
a; Q)
c: Q) 0
0
(/)
c:
(/)
c:
Q)
:e
::J
0.
(/)
Q)
(/)
c:
Q)
.c
B
Q) (/)
s (3
:c
(/)
-~
(/)
Q_
I-
Q_
Q_
<(
::J
0.
c: ~
t3w c:
I-

Cause of trouble

E6U503AW5001

05-03A-7
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]

1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position X X X X X X X X X X


2 Vehicle moves in N position
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not
X X
I I
disenQaQe when P is disenQaQed
4 Excessive creep
5 No creep at all X X X X X X X X X X X
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
7 No shifting X X X X X X X X X X
8 Does not shift to fifth gear (5GR) X X X X X X X X X X
9 Abnormal shiftinQ X X X X X X X X X X X X
10 Frequent shifting X X X
11 Shift point is hiQh or low X X
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation X X X X X X X
13 No kickdown X X X X X X X X
14 Enaine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting X X X X X X X X X X X
15 Enaine flares up or slip when accelerating vehicle X X X X X X X X X X X
16 Judder upon toraue converter clutch (TCC) operation X X X X X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X X X X X X X X X X X X
18 Excessive shift shock is felt when upshifting and
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
downshiftina
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X X X X X X
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
Ipositions/ranQes
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D
ranae, or in R position
22 No enaine brakina in 1GR position of M ranae X X X X X X X X
23 Transaxle overheats X X X X
24 Enaine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X X X
25 Enaine stalls when drivina at slow speeds or stoppina X X X
26 Starter does not work
27 Gear position indicator liQht does not illuminate in M ranQe
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates in D range or P, N,
R positions
29 Does not shift up in M ranae
30 Does not shift down in M ranae

Electrical system components Hydraulic system Powertrain


(
Symptom item
components system
ATX outer parts

0en
c
Q)
en
~
::J
~
Q)
0..
E >.
2 ~
>. 0..
"'C
s
0::::
~
0..
e0..
>.
Q)
x<ll CD <( e0.. C)
c ~
~Q)
c c >. 0..
en
c 0 0
~
C)
c e0..
uc t5c 0..
~
>.

-~-
0..

.2 .2 0.. 0..
Q)
e 0 ~ C)
c
tii tii C) 0 0c
0..
"'C
Q) c c c c c c E E c c e
0..
~
Q)
"'C
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 .!a 0 ~

~Q)
0
==::J0.. uc u u t5c t5c uc"'C "'C c t5c C) 0.. (j)
~ ~ :2
c 0
"5 "5
-~ ::J
c c c c 0.. .!a 0 E
"'C .2
.!a 'lij tii :E<ll .2 .2 ::J
tii tii 'lij 0
Q) Q)
0 0
0 0 "5 .2 tii Q) .l:l ::2 c c0
Q)

tii E E E en en c a; E E 0.. 0 .l:l .!a t5


::J
==0.. E E E "5 ::J 0
::J
ec ec
~
c 0 UJ ::J Q)
0 ~ 0 2 0..
(.J ~
C) LL <( CD (.) .!a E (.J
-~ "(j) <ll .l:l c iii en
"'C "'C "'C "'C "'C "'C ::J
;:
~
en .!a fe. ~ c0 c
0c c "5 "5 "5 "5 "5 "5 0 0 (.J
>. !!! > E
~ <ll a.
(.J
0 0 c c c c c c (.J (.J
!!!
0.. ~ iii
z .!a u Q) Q) Q) Q) Q) Q) Q)
~ "E <ll ::J 0 c @ Q) .0 5 (.J
(.!) c 0
tii .2 en
0 0 0 0
en en en en
0
en 5en ::J
en ec <ll
! en
C)

0 c. c ::J
Cause of trouble 0 c
C) tii
E -= -=E -=E -=E -=E -=E en
~
en
~ 0
~ iii en
~
(.J
.Q. 5 !:!
(.)
(.)
~ Ci:i ~ CJ) CJ) CJ) CJ) CJ) CJ) a_ a_ (.) ~ CJ) a_ 0 CiS CD ~ f-

E6U503AWf

05-03A-8
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W41

1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position


""'ESCRIPTION Vehicle does not move when AP is depressed .
If the vehicle does not move in D range or R position, basically, the malfunction is in the ATX. (Vehicle
will move even with a malfunction in the TCM.) Since a malfunction is in the sensor circuit or output
circuit is the cause of the malfunction in the ATX, inspect the sensors, output circuit, and the related
harnesses.
1. Clutch slipped, worn (D range-Forward clutch , R position-Reverse clutch, Low and reverse brake)
Line pressure low
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction
Shift solenoid B malfunction
POSSIBLE Pressure control solenoid A malfunction
CAUSE Pressure control solenoid B malfunction
Body GND malfunction
Control valve body malfunction
2. Selector lever malfunction


3. Parking mechanism not operating properly
4. Torque converter malfunction

Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL] .)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 When vehicle is stopped on a flat, level road and Yes Go to the next step.
engine is off, does vehicle move when pushed? No Check for parking mechanism. (See ATX Workshop Manual
(in D range or N, R positions and brake [FS5A-EL].)
released)
2 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1 P No Repair open ground circuit.
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
3 Inspect Pressure control solenoid A. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE defective parts.
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
Is it okay? any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL] .)
No Repair or replace any defective parts.
4 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .

05-03A-9
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W42

2 Vehicle moves in N position

DESCRIPTION Vehicle creeps in N position . (


Vehicle creeps if brake pedal is not depressed in N position .
If the vehicle moves in N position, basically, the malfunction is in the ATX. Since a malfunction in the
sensor circuit or output circuit is the cause of the malfunction in the ATX, inspect the sensors, output
circuit, and the related harnesses.
1. Clutch burned (Forward clutch)
Control valve body malfunction
POSSIBLE 2. Selector lever position disparity (Although the selector indicator shows N position, hydraulic circuit
CAUSE shows D range orR position)

Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-Q3A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Does vehicle creep when selector lever is moved Yes Go to the next step.
slightly in N position? No Adjust selector lever. (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE
ADJUSTMENT.)
2 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P No Repair open ground circuit.
and body ground, and between TCM ground Reconnect TCM.
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
3 Inspect Pressure control solenoid A circuit. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE defective parts.
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
Is it okay? any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].) I

No Repair or replace any defective parts.


4 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .

N0.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
DISENGAGED [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W43

3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not disengage when P is disengaged
Vehicle rolls on a downward slope in P position .
DESCRIPTION Tires are locked when P is disengaged. Vehicle does not move in D range, and R position when AP is
depressed, and engine remains in stall condition.
1. Parking mechanism malfunction (May have effect on noise or shock from transaxle)
POSSIBLE
2. Improper adjustment of selector lever
CAUSE
3. If vehicle moves in N position , perform No.2 "VEH ICLE MOVES IN N POSITION"

N0.4 EXCESSIVE CREEP [FSSA-EL]


E6U050300000W44

4 Excessive creep
DESCRIPTION Vehicle accelerates in D range, and R position without depressing accelerator pedal.
POSSIBLE 1. Engine idle speed high (transaxle system is not cause of problem)
CAUSE 2. Go to No.9 "FAST IDLE/RUNS ON" (See 01-03A-33 N0.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON [L3].)
I

05-03A-10
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.5 NO CREEP AT ALL [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W45

5 No creep at all
.... ESCRIPTION Vehicle does not move in D range and R position when idling on flat, paved road .
Either transaxle is stuck in 3GR or 4GR position, or clutch slippage due to a stuck 3-4 clutch is stuck.
1. Clutch burned
Line pressure low
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction
Shift solenoid B malfunction
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Pressure control solenoid A malfunction
Body GND malfunction
POSSIBLE Control valve body malfunction
2. Transaxle fixed in 3GR (Operation of fail-safe function)
CAUSE
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
Electronic parts of output and input system have malfunction


3. Engine torque is not start
Torque converter malfunction

Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)

Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Does vehicle creep in any range/position? Yes Go to the next step.
No Inspect or adjust selector lever.
(See 05-18-7 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2 Check value at the following PCM PIDs using Yes Go to the next step.
WDS or equivalent. No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].)
APP1
APP2
TP_REL
Are PID values okay?
3 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P No Repair open ground circuit.
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
4 Inspect Pressure control solenoid A. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE defective parts.
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
Is it okay? any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
No Repair or replace any defective parts.
5 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .

05-03A-11
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR ACCELERATION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W46

6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration


Vehicle acceleration is poor at start. ( --
DESCRIPTION
Delayed acceleration when accelerator pedal is depressed while driving .
If the clutch is stuck or does not stay in 3GR , the malfunction is in engine circuit.
1. Clutch slipped, burned
Line pressure low
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction
Shift solenoid B malfunction
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Shift solenoid F malfunction
Pressure control solenoid A malfunction
Body GND malfunction
Control valve body malfunction
2. Signal malfunction
Vehicle speed sensor malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction
TP sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
CAUSE 3. Transaxle fixed in 3GR (Operation of fail-safe function)
Short or open circuit in wiring
Poor connection of connector
Electronic parts of output and input system have malfunction
4. Insufficient starting torque (Suspected when in-gear condition , shift control and engine circuit are
normal)
Torque converter have malfunction (Poor operation, stuck)
5. Engagement of TCC operation range (Operation of fail-safe function)
Transaxle fluid temperature sensor malfunction (Short or open circuit)
6. Transaxle fixed in M range
M range switch malfunction
7. TR switch adjustment incorrect
I
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-Q3A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)

05-03A-12
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 With ignition switch at ON, does gear position Yes Go to the next step.
indicator light indication correspond to selector No Go to No.27 "GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
lever position? NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE", or No.30 "GEAR
POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS:'
2 Go to No.12 "LACK/LOSS OF POWER- Yes Go to the next step.
ACCELERATION/CRUISE". No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 01-Q3A-39 N0.12 LACK/LOSS OF
POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [L3].)
Is CIS system okay?
3 Disconnect transaxle connector. Yes Go to the next step.
Does vehicle operate as follows? No Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
defective parts.
D range: 3GR (fixed) (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
R position: Reverse If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace

4 Drive vehicle in D range.


Does vehicle start from stop in first gear?
Yes
No
any defective parts.
Go to the next step.
Check value at the following.
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3] .)
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
PCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
APP1

APP2
TP_REL
vss
TCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
TSS
oss
TR
Repair or replace any defective parts.
5 Inspect the value at the following TCM PIDs Yes Inspect for shift solenoid stuck.
using WDS or equivalent. If shift solenoids are okay, go to the next step.
SSA/SS1 No Check the value at the following.
SSB/SS2 PCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
SSC/SS3 APP
SSD/SS4 TP_REL
SSF_SS6 TCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
Are the PID values normal?
THOP
oss
TSS
TR
6 Perform the stall test. (See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) Yes Reverify symptoms of malfunction.
Is stall speed okay? No Overhaul transaxle and repair or replace any defective
parts. (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
7 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repai red or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .

05-03A-13
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.7 NO SHIFTING [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W47

7 No shifting
-
DESCRIPTION Single shift range only.
Sometimes it shifts correctly.
When the gear position is fixed in 3GR due to the fail-safe operation, the malfunction is in the ATX.
Perform malfunction diagnosis according to No.6 "LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR
ACCELERATION".
1. Clutch slippage, burned
Line pressure low
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction
Shift solenoid B malfunction
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Shift solenoid F malfunction
Pressure control solenoid A malfunction
Body GND malfunction
POSSIBLE Control valve body malfunction
CAUSE 2. Signal malfunction
Vehicle speed sensor malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction
TP sensor malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
3. Transaxle fixed in 3GR (Operation in fail-safe function)
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
Disconnected shift solenoid connector
Poor ground of shift solenoid
4. Transaxle fixed in M range
M range switch malfunction

05-03A-14
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO FIFTH GEAR (SGR) [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W48

8 Does not shift to fifth gear (5GR)


Vehicle does not upshift from 4GR to SGR even though vehicle speed is increased.
'ESCRIPTION Vehicle does not shift to SGR even though accelerator pedal is released in D range at 60 km/h {37
mph}.
Basically, TCC does not operate when fail-safe is operating. Verify the DTCs first. If the TCC operates
when driving at high speeds only, malfunction (improper adjustment) is in the M range switch circuit or
TR switch circuit.
Caution
If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for foreign particles which
may have mixed in with the ATF.

1. TCC piston slipped, burned


Line pressure low
TP sensor malfunction
Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction
Engine coolant temperature sensor malfunction


Vehicle speed sensor malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
2. Transaxle fluid temperature sensor malfunction
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
POSSIBLE
Sensor malfunction
CAUSE
3. TR switch malfunction
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
Sensor malfunction
Selector lever adjustment incorrect
TR switch adjustment incorrect
4. Pressure control solenoid B, shift solenoid A, shift solenoid B, shift solenoid 0, Shift solenoid F valve
malfunction
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
Solenoid valve stuck
5. M range switch malfunction
6. Control valve body malfunction

Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)

05-03A-15
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 With ignition switch at ON, does gear position Yes Go to the next step. 1
indicator light indication correspond to selector No Go to No.2? "GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOE ~
lever position? NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE", or No. 30 "GEAR
POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS:'
2 Inspect voltage at the following TCM PIDs using Yes Go to the next step.
WDS or equivalent. No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-
EL].)
TFT
TFTV
Is voltage okay?
3 Inspect the value at the following TCM PIDs Yes Overhaul the control valve body and repair or replace any
using WDS or equivalent. malfunctioning parts.
LPS B (See ATX workshop manual [FS5A-EL].)
SSA/SS1 If any problem remains, overhaul the transaxle and repair or
SSB/SS2 replace any malfunctioning parts.
SSD/SS4 (See ATX workshop manual [FS5A-EL].)
SSF_SS6 No Go to the next step.
Are the PID values normal?
4 Disconnect TCM. Yes Check value at the following TCM PIDs using WDS or
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P equivalent.
and body ground, and between TCM ground PCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0 TR
ohms?
TSS
oss
Repair or replace any defective parts.
No Repair open ground circuit.
Reconnect TCM.
5 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
-If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repai~
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .

05-03A-16
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W49

9 Abnormal shifting
"""\ESCRIPTION Shift incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern) .
There is a malfunction in the signal circuit which controls shifting (accelerator pedal position sensor, TP
sensor, input/turbine speed sensor, vehicle speed sensor), the control valve is stuck, the accumulator
(forward or servo apply) is stuck, or the clutch circuit is stuck.
1. Clutch slipped , burned
Line pressure low
Control valve body malfunction
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid E malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction
Shift solenoid B malfunction
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Shift solenoid F malfunction
Pressure control solenoid B malfunction
POSSIBLE Body GND malfunction


CAUSE 2. Signal malfunction
Vehicle speed sensor malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
TP sensor malfunction
Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
3. TR switch malfunction
Selector lever adjustment incorrect
TR switch adjustment incorrect
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL] .)

-""';agnostic procedure
JEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P No Repair open ground circuit. Reconnect TCM.
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
2 Check value at the following. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].) defective parts.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL] .)
EL].) If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
PCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent): any defective parts.
APP (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL] .)
TP_REL No Repair or replace any defective parts.
TCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
THOP
TSS
oss
vss
Are they okay?
3 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .

05-03A-17
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W50

10 Frequent shifting
DESCRIPTION Downshifting occurs immediately even when accelerator pedal is depressed slightly in D range . (
The circuit which is the cause is basically the same as No.9 "ABNORMAL SHIFTING". However, a
POSSIBLE malfunction of the input signal to the accelerator pedal position sensor, TP sensor, input/turbine speed
CAUSE sensor, vehicle speed sensor (including the sensor GND, sensor harness and connector), or clutch
slippage {clutch stuck, low pressure in line) may also be the cause.

N0.11 SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR LOW [FSSA-EL]


E6U050300000W51

11 Shift point is high or low


Shift point considerably different from automatic shift diagram .
DESCRIPTION Shift delays when accelerating.
Shift occurs quickly when accelerating and engine speed does not increase.
If the transaxle does not shift abnormally, there is a malfunction of the input signal to the accelerator
pedal position sensor, TP sensor, input/turbine speed sensor, or vehicle speed sensor (including sensor
POSSIBLE
GND).
CAUSE
If the engine speed is high or low, regardless normal shifting, inspect the tachometer.
Verify that the output signal of the accelerator pedal position sensor and TP sensor change linearly.

N0.12 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) NON-OPERATION [FSSA-EL]


E6U050300000W52

12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation


DESCRIPTION TCC does not operate when vehicle reaches TCC operation range.
Basically, the TCC does not operate when the fail-safe is operating. Verify the DTC first.
Caution
If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for foreign particles which
may have mixed in with the ATF.

1. TCC burned
{1) Input sensor system malfunction
Vehicle speed sensor
Input/turbine speed sensor
Sensor GND
(2) Output solenoid valve system malfunction (Sticking)
Shift solenoid E malfunction
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid A malfunction
CAUSE
(3) Control valve body malfunction system (Poor operation, stuck)
TCC hydraulic pressure system
2. TP sensor malfunction (Not operating linear)
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction (Not operating linear)
4. Input/turbine speed sensor or vehicle speed sensor malfunction
5. Brake switch malfunction (Always ON)
6. ECT sensor malfunction

Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL).)

05-03A-18
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 With ignition switch at ON, does gear position Yes Go to the next step.
indicator light indication correspond to selector No Go to No.2? "GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
lever position? NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE", or No.30 "GEAR
POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS."
2 Check value at the following. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 01-40A- 9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].) No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-
EL].)
PCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
APP
TP_REL
vss
TCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
THOP

3
oss
TSS
Are they okay?
Disconnect TCM.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
Yes
No
Go to the next step.
Repair harness.

4 Measure resistance between TCM terminal 1A Yes Go to the next step.
and transaxle connector terminal A, and No Repair shift solenoid A or E circuit. Reconnect TCM.
between TCM terminal 1H and transaxle
connector te rminal F. Are the resistances less
than 5.0 ohms?
5 Inspect shift solenoids A and E. Yes Replace TCM .
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE No Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE defective parts.
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
Are the shift solenoids operating properly? If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
any defective parts.